WO2014075292A1 - Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources - Google Patents

Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014075292A1
WO2014075292A1 PCT/CN2012/084741 CN2012084741W WO2014075292A1 WO 2014075292 A1 WO2014075292 A1 WO 2014075292A1 CN 2012084741 W CN2012084741 W CN 2012084741W WO 2014075292 A1 WO2014075292 A1 WO 2014075292A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wifi
information
access
network device
measured
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2012/084741
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曹振臻
张戬
王瑜
权威
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201280076726.2A priority Critical patent/CN104782215A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2012/084741 priority patent/WO2014075292A1/en
Publication of WO2014075292A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014075292A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/20Selecting an access point

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method for wireless resource management, a base station, a user equipment, and a wireless fidelity access point.
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • APs access points
  • the user device After the user device turns on the WiFi, the user device starts searching for the WiFi network, and accesses a searched WiFi network according to the user's selection or according to the history in the user device.
  • the WiFi AP determines whether the user equipment is allowed to access according to the authentication information and the load of the user, thereby completing the access process of the user equipment to the WiFi network.
  • the inventor has found that, using the prior art access method, the user equipment is likely to try to access an over-loaded or poor-quality WiFi network, and the final connection fails or the quality of the service is poor after access, resulting in a decline in user experience.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method for wireless resource management, a base station, a user equipment, and a wireless fidelity access point, to solve the problem that the user equipment in the prior art may try to access an overload or quality.
  • a poor WiFi network causes an access failure or a poor quality of service after access.
  • the first aspect provides a method for managing a radio resource, including: receiving, by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, first information, where the first information is used to reflect a radio channel condition of the first WiFi AP; The network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a result of the wireless connection management decision. The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the signaling manner. First UE.
  • the first network device that is a component of the cellular network receives the first information, where: the first network device Receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE;
  • the network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a wireless connection management decision.
  • the result includes: determining, by the first network device, whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, determining, by the first network device, whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is:: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP
  • the second information includes At least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the first network device determining whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determining a result of the wireless connection management decision
  • the method is: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, determining, by the first network device, whether the
  • the first network device in a case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, the first network device that is a component of the cellular network Receiving the first information includes: receiving, by the first network device, the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used for Reflecting the wireless channel status of the first UE; the first network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a result of the wireless connection management decision, including: the first network device Determining whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining a result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the first network device determining whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node measured by the first WiFi AP
  • the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP and the first UE Signal quality of communication; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP,
  • the foregoing method further includes: the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element comprises: the first network device or the second WiFi AP.
  • the first network device in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, receives the third information, where the third information is used. The first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, and the first network device determines, according to the third information, that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP. The first network device notifies the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling.
  • the foregoing method further The first network device acquires the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; the first network device sends the authentication information of the first WiFi AP to the first UE and/or Or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target After the network element, the method further includes: acquiring, by the first network device, authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; and sending, by the first network device, the first UE The authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP.
  • a method for wireless connection management including: detecting, by a first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, a wireless channel condition of a first WiFi AP; and using, by a first WiFi AP, a first network that is a component of a cellular network
  • the device sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs wireless connection management for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information.
  • the decision is made, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the first WiFi AP in a case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the first information meets the access condition, the first WiFi AP is configured as a cellular network. After the first network device sends the first information, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to build Establishing a connection between the first WiFi AP and the first UE.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; After the information meets the access condition, after the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish the first message.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a first WiFi AP measurement
  • the number of active nodes; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds. .
  • the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE is disconnected. The connection to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, if the first After the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device, the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE has disconnected from the first WiFi AP, or the first information includes at least the following: One: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE;
  • the predetermined conditions of the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the WiFi AP communicates with the first UE.
  • the predetermined condition of the signal quality is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the first WiFi AP, authentication information and/or a first WiFi AP to the first network device System information required for a UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • a method for wireless connection management including: receiving, by a first user equipment UE, a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, wherein a result of the wireless connection management decision is The first network device obtains, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision of the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where the first information is used to reflect a wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; The UE manages the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP.
  • the wireless connection management decision of the access point AP is obtained, or the first network device performs, according to the received second information from the first UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, for the first UE and the first wireless protection.
  • the wireless connection management decision of the true WiFi access point AP is obtained, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE.
  • the first UE if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information meets the access condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: the first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP; and the first UE manages the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision, including: Enter the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, if the received information satisfies an access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes the following At least one of: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: The measured channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, The access conditions of the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information meets the predetermined condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; the first UE managing the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision includes: disconnecting the first UE The connection to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: load information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the wireless connection management determines The result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a first The number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, And the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first
  • the method further includes: the first UE receives an instruction from the first network device to indicate that the first UE switches to the target network element, where the target network element includes: the first network device or the second WiFi AP; and the first UE switches to the target network element .
  • the foregoing method further The first UE receives the access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the first WiFi AP;
  • managing the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP includes: the first UE accessing the first WiFi AP using the access information.
  • the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target.
  • the method further includes: the first UE receives the handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the second UE needs to access the second WiFi AP.
  • System information managing, by the first UE, the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision, the first UE switching from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information.
  • a network device is provided, where the network device is a component of a cellular network, and includes: a receiving unit, a determining unit, and a sending unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used The wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP is reflected; the determining unit is connected to the receiving unit, configured to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, to obtain a wireless The result of the connection management decision; the sending unit is connected to the determining unit, and configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi, if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first reported by the AP And the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine the wireless connection management decision. The result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP
  • the second information includes At least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and an active node number measured by the first UE, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determine a result of the wireless connection management decision The method is: accessing
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first WiFi AP report if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP The first information, or the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the determining unit is configured to determine the received Whether the information satisfies the predetermined condition, and if so, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node measured by the first WiFi AP
  • the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP and the first UE Signal quality of communication; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi
  • the determining, by the determining unit, the determining, by the determining, the wireless connection management, the disconnection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP After that, the first UE is determined to be switched to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, receive the third information, the third information
  • the determining unit is configured to: according to the third information, determine that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP; and the sending unit is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the signaling manner.
  • the second WiFi AP On the second WiFi AP.
  • the network device further includes: an acquiring unit, where the acquiring unit is connected to the determining unit, where the determining unit determines the wireless connection
  • the result of the management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, obtaining the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP;
  • a unit configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the foregoing network device further includes: an acquiring unit, where the acquiring unit is connected to the determining unit, where the target network element includes In the case of the second WiFi AP, after the determining unit determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, acquiring the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
  • the unit is connected to the obtaining unit, and configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the second WiFi AP.
  • a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP including: a detecting unit and a sending unit, where the detecting unit is configured to detect a wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP; and the sending unit is connected to the detecting unit, and is configured to The first network device that is part of the cellular network sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP according to the first information.
  • the WiFi AP further includes: a receiving unit, configured to After the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after sending the first information to the first network device, receiving the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish The connection of the WiFi AP to the first UE.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: when the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition,
  • the network device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; or, the first information includes at least the following One: the probability of transmission failure measured by WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP; the probability of transmission failure measured by WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and WiFi
  • the access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
  • the detecting unit is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, After the sending unit sends the first information to the first network device, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the detecting unit is configured to If the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit sends the first information to the first network device, detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the WiFi AP measurement The obtained channel busy probability and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the first network device, and/or the first UE accesses the WiFi AP. System information required.
  • a user equipment UE including: a receiving unit and a management unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the wireless connection As a result of the management decision, the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP;
  • the management unit is connected to the receiving unit, and is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP.
  • the AP is determined by the wireless connection management of the AP, or the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP.
  • Wireless connection tube The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the UE.
  • the wireless The result of the connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; and the management unit is configured to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE And the number of active nodes measured by the UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, The access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by
  • the wireless connection is performed.
  • the result of the management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to disconnect from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of a channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel. If the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The UE accesses the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active measured by the first WiFi AP.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE, a number of active nodes measured by the UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communicating;
  • the probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the active section measured by the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the number of points, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the UE is configured to: when disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, receive an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: when the UE determines that the wireless connection management decision is: Receiving access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to use the access information Access to the first WiFi AP.
  • the receiving unit is configured to determine, when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, Receiving the handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; The control UE switches from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information.
  • a network device is provided, where the network device is an integral part of a cellular network, and includes: a transceiver and a processor, where the transceiver is configured to receive the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the first wireless a wireless channel status of the Fidelity WiFi access point AP; the processor is configured to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision; The result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the transceiver in a case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi AP.
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine the wireless
  • the result of the connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP;
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP;
  • the second information includes the following: At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the processor is configured to determine the receiving Whether the information is less than the respective access threshold, and if yes, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE
  • the transceiver is configured to receive the first WiFi AP report, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from The first WiFi AP is connected to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node number measured by the first WiFi AP And the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first
  • the processor is configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, And determining to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive, when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the third information, where the third information is used. Reflecting the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; the processor is configured to: according to the third information, determine to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP; the transceiver is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling on.
  • the processor is configured to: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, Acquiring authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; the transceiver is configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE access System information required by a WiFi AP.
  • the processor is configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, determine, by the network device, to switch the first UE to After the target network element is configured, the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP are obtained; the transceiver is configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP to the first UE, and/or The system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP.
  • a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP including: a transceiver and a processor, where the processor is configured to detect a wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP; and the transceiver is configured to be the first component that is a component of the cellular network
  • the network device sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP according to the first information, and The result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the transceiver is configured to be the first component that is part of the cellular network, where the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition.
  • the network device After transmitting the first information, the network device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; After the information satisfies the access condition, after transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, receiving the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish the WiFi AP and the first UE.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and an active node number measured by the WiFi AP; a transmission failure probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement
  • the access conditions of the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
  • the processor is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, After transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, the transceiver detects that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel that is sent by the WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, if the first information is met. a predetermined condition, the processor is configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network at the transceiver After detecting, the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and a WiFi AP measurement.
  • the number of active nodes, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than the respective The predetermined threshold, the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the transceiver is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the first network device, and/or the first UE needs to access the WiFi AP. System information.
  • a ninth aspect provides a user equipment UE, including: a transceiver and a processor, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the wireless connection management As a result of the decision, the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; The router is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP.
  • the AP is determined by the wireless connection management of the AP, or the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP.
  • the wireless connection management decision is obtained, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
  • the wireless The result of the connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the processor is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: controlling the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE And UE measured Number of active nodes to be reached; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the UE, and UE measurement
  • the access conditions of the obtained number of active nodes are respectively smaller
  • the wireless connection in a case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the wireless connection is The result of the management decision is: the UE is connected to the first WiFi AP; the controller is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP Connection.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of a channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel. If the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The UE accesses the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active measured by the first WiFi AP.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE, a number of active nodes measured by the UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communicating;
  • the probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the active section measured by the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the number of points, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the transceiver when the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is used by Receiving an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the processor is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
  • the determining result of the wireless connection management decision is: when the UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is used by Receiving access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; the processor is configured to control the UE to use the access information to access Go to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element.
  • the transceiver is configured to receive handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication of the second WiFi AP Information and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; the processor is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information.
  • the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of still another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of still another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural block diagram of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram of another WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a structural block diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. All other embodiments are within the scope of the present application. It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the following embodiments and the features thereof may be combined with each other.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Interconnect Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Interconnect (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, Wilhelm WiMAX), etc.
  • the user equipment can also be a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal, MT for short), a mobile user equipment, etc., and can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (for example, Radio Access Network, RAN for short), and the user equipment can It is a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) or a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device. In this application, the user equipment supports the WiFi function.
  • a radio access network for example, Radio Access Network, RAN for short
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the first network device may be at least one of the following: an access network device, a mobile management entity (Mobile Management Entity, MME for short), a serving gateway (Serving Gateway, referred to as Serving-GW), and a packet data network gateway (Packet Data)
  • the network gateway (referred to as P-GW), wherein the access network device may be a base station, a base station controller, or a radio network controller (Radio Network Controller, or RNC for short).
  • the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an Evolved Node B (eNB) in LTE. This is not a limitation.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes: Step 101: A first network device that is a component of a cellular network receives first information, where the first information is used to reflect The wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP;
  • Step 102 The first network device performs, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • Step 103 The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first in the prior art, where there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is very An attempt may be made to access a WiFi network that is overloaded or has poor channel quality, resulting in a failure in access or poor quality of service after access, resulting in a decline in user experience.
  • the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing the connection. Incoming control or load balancing control, thereby preventing the first UE from accessing the WiFi network with overload or poor channel quality, thereby improving the user experience.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG. 2, the method includes: Step 201: A first WiFi AP detects a radio channel condition of a first WiFi AP.
  • Step 202 The first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, so as to facilitate the first network device. And performing, according to the first information, a radio connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP, and sending, by using the signaling, the first UE to the first UE .
  • the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG.
  • Step 301 A first UE receives a result of a radio connection management decision sent by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network,
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the first WiFi.
  • the wireless channel status of the AP
  • Step 302 The first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method for wireless resource management. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes: Step 401: The first network device that is a component of the cellular network receives the first information, where the first information is used to reflect a wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP.
  • Step 402 The first network device performs, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • Step 403 The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first in the prior art, where there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is very An attempt may be made to access a WiFi network that is overloaded or has poor channel quality, resulting in a failure in access or poor quality of service after access, resulting in a decline in user experience.
  • the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience.
  • step 402 can be implemented in one of the following ways:
  • the first network device receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, and reports the first UE, when the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP.
  • Second information wherein the second information is used for the wireless channel condition of the first UE; then, the first network device determines whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is
  • the first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, where, in this embodiment, the received information may be: the first information, or the first information and the second information.
  • the first network device when determining that the first information that reflects the status of the first WiFi AP wireless channel meets the access condition, determines to connect the first UE to the first WiFi AP, and avoids connecting the first UE. Enter a WiFi AP with poor channel conditions.
  • the load information of the channel may be measured, and the load information of the channel is sent to the first network device, so that the first network device can obtain the current environment. Accurate information, and access to the first UE according to the obtained accurate information, thereby improving the probability of access and improving the user experience.
  • the first information may be the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel
  • the second information may be the load information of the channel reported by the first UE
  • the first network device determines the received information. Whether the information satisfies the access condition, and if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the WiFi AP in the measurement range
  • the load information of the channel reported by the first UE is The first UE measures the load information of the obtained channel within its measurement range.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a Transmission Failure Probability (TFP) measured by the first WiFi AP, and a Channel Busy Probability (CBP) measured by the first WiFi AP.
  • TFP Transmission Failure Probability
  • CBP Channel Busy Probability
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, accessing
  • the network device determines whether the received information is smaller than a respective access threshold, and if yes, determines that the wireless connection management decision results in: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the load information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes at least one of the following: the channel measured by the first WiFi AP is busy.
  • the probability, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the load information of the channel reported by the first UE includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and an active node number measured by the first UE.
  • the WiFi AP reports the measured number of active nodes to the first network device, and the first network device can learn the WiFi node around the WiFi AP, and control the access of the first UE according to the number of active nodes, thereby Improve the accuracy of access or load balancing.
  • the WiFi AP measures the number of active nodes belonging to the operator network and does not belong to the operator network.
  • the number of active nodes, and the measured number of active nodes belonging to the operator network and the number of active nodes not belonging to the operator network are sent to the first network device.
  • the active nodes that belong to the carrier network may include: a node configured by the operator, for example, a WiFi AP configured by the operator; and an active node not belonging to the carrier network may include: a node that is not configured by the operator.
  • the first UE may be interfered by the nodes from the surrounding WiFi.
  • the WiFi AP may not be able to detect the interference, but only allow the first UE to access according to its own load condition, so that the first UE performs poorly in the WiFi network.
  • the first UE reports the measured number of active nodes to the first network device, and the first network device can learn the WiFi node around the first UE, and control the access of the first UE according to the number of active nodes. , which can improve the accuracy of access or load balancing.
  • the first network device determines whether one or more information of the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel meets the respective access conditions, and if yes, determines to allow the first UE.
  • Access the first WiFi AP For example, one or more of the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel may be preset for the access determination as long as the load information of the quality information channel of the predetermined one or more information channels meets the respective
  • the access conditions for example, greater than or less than respective predetermined thresholds, may determine that the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the embodiment can conveniently determine whether the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device determines, according to the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or the load information of the channel, and the load information of the channel reported by the first UE, whether to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device can determine whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and one or more information of the load information of the channel reported by the first UE meet the respective ones.
  • the access condition for example, is greater than or less than a respective predetermined threshold, and if yes, determining to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi.
  • the first network device determines that the first WiFi AP allows the first UE to access.
  • the information of the first WiFi AP may be sent to the first UE, and then the first UE accesses the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device instructs the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the information of the first WiFi AP includes an identifier of the first WiFi AP.
  • the first network device may further obtain the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE needs to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the system information is sent to the first UE, and the first UE can conveniently and quickly access the first WiFi AP according to the information.
  • the first UE accesses a certain WiFi network to undergo a scanning and authentication process, and the delay is long.
  • the first network device sends the authentication information of the WiFi network to the first UE, which reduces the first UE authentication time, so that the first UE can quickly access the network.
  • the first network device may further send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and the system information required by the first UE to access the WiFi AP to the first UE, thereby speeding up the process of connecting the first UE to the WiFi network.
  • Enhanced user experience is e.g., Enhanced user experience.
  • the first network device may obtain the authentication information of the WiFi AP or the first UE accessing the WiFi AP by receiving the authentication information of the WiFi AP reported by the WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the first UE to access the WiFi AP. Required system information.
  • the first network device determines that multiple WiFi APs allow the first UE to access, and may send the information of the multiple WiFi APs to the first UE, and then, the first UE is from the multiple WiFi APs. Select one to access.
  • Manner 2 The first network device receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the first UE, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP.
  • the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE.
  • the first network device determines whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determines that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE The connection with the first WiFi AP, where the received information may be the first information, or may be the first information and the second information.
  • the first network device can control the first UE to disconnect from the poor quality WiFi network, thereby reducing the load of the network.
  • the first network device can effectively control and balance the load in the WiFi network by using the information reported by the first WiFi AP and the first UE, so that the first UE is obtained in the WiFi network. Higher throughput and lower latency.
  • the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel
  • the first network device determines whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The connection of the first UE to the first WiFi AP is disconnected.
  • the quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the WiFi AP in the measurement range
  • the load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the first UE within its measurement range.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by a WiFi AP, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel measured by the first UE is busy Probability, the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first WiFi AP
  • the predetermined conditions of the measured number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE The condition is less
  • the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE, and a load of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP.
  • the information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP.
  • the load information of the channel reported by the first UE includes at least one of the following: Channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE,
  • the quality information of the channel reported by the UE includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE.
  • the first network device determines whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the one or more information of the load information of the channel meet respective predetermined conditions, for example, greater than or less than a respective predetermined threshold, if Yes, it is determined that the first UE is disconnected from the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE. It should be noted that which information can be preset for use as the information for determining the disconnection, and when the predetermined information satisfies the predetermined condition, it can be determined that the first UE is to be disconnected from the first WiFi AP.
  • the embodiment can conveniently determine whether to switch the first UE from the WiFi AP currently serving the first UE to the target network element.
  • the first network device in a case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, receives the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load of the channel. Information, and receiving the quality information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or the load information of the channel; then, the first network device may be based on the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and the first The quality information of the channel reported by the UE and/or the load information of the channel are subjected to load balancing control on the first UE.
  • the WiFi network may be affected by subsequent interference, resulting in a decrease in network performance.
  • the first UE experiences in the WiFi network. difference.
  • the first network device determines, according to the WiFi AP and the information reported by the user, whether to perform load balancing control on the first UE, for example, to switch to the target network element, so that the WiFi currently serving the first UE is used.
  • the first network device can switch the first UE to another network element, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the first network device determines, according to the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and the quality information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or the load information of the channel, whether the first network device is to be the first
  • the UE switching to the target network element includes: determining, by the first network device, whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and one or more information of the load information of the channel reported by the first UE are satisfied.
  • the respective predetermined conditions for example, are greater than or less than respective predetermined thresholds, and if so, it is determined to switch the first UE to the target network element.
  • the first network device may determine that the first UE is allowed to switch to the target network as long as it is determined that the quality information of the channel it receives and the predetermined one or more information in the load information of the channel satisfy respective predetermined conditions. yuan. By setting a predetermined condition, the embodiment can conveniently determine whether the first UE is allowed to switch to the target network element.
  • the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element.
  • the target network element package The first network device or the second WiFi AP sends the information of the target network element to the first UE, and then the first UE switches from the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE to the target network element.
  • a second WiFi AP For example, if the quality of the network where the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE is located is not good, the first network device may switch the first UE according to the quality information of the channel reported by the other WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel. Go to a second WiFi AP of better quality.
  • the first network device may also switch the first UE to the first network device to directly serve the first UE through the cellular network.
  • the first network device can control the first UE to switch from the first quality WiFi to the target network element with better quality, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the first network device receives the third information, where the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; the first network device determines, according to the third information, The method for determining that the first UE is to be connected to the first WiFi AP is determined by using the first method, and then the first network device notifying the first UE by using signaling manner. Switch to the second WiFi AP.
  • the first network device determines that the network element that the first UE can switch to is multiple target network elements
  • the information of the multiple target network elements may be sent to the first UE, and then, the first UE One or more of the plurality of target network elements are selected for access.
  • the first network device selects multiple target network elements for the first UE, and the first UE determines which target network element to switch to, which enhances the flexibility of handover.
  • the information of the target network element includes an identifier of the target network element.
  • the information of the target network element may further include the authentication information of the target network element and/or the required information that the first UE needs to access the target network element, where the information of the target network element includes the identifier of the target network element.
  • System information the first network device may send the authentication information of the target network element and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the target network element to the first UE, and the first UE may conveniently and quickly switch according to the information. Go to the target network element, which improves the speed of switching and enhances the user experience.
  • the first network device determines, according to the first information reported by the first WiFi AP that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, whether to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi AP or allow the first UE to be disconnected and the first
  • the connection between the WiFi APs and the corresponding information is sent to the first UE for accessing or disconnecting, and the first UE is controlled by the first network device according to the quality information of the channel of the current network element. / or channel load information, switching or load balancing, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the channel busy probability may be a ratio of the channel busy time detected by the WiFi AP or the first UE to the total detection time; the number of active nodes may be a WiFi AP or a data frame received by the first UE. Number, the site includes WiFi AP and user equipment; transmission failure probability can be WiFi AP or first The ratio of the number of failed data frames of the Media Access Control (MAC) layer to the total number of transmissions.
  • an access control method is provided. The method may be used for a user equipment to access a WiFi AP.
  • the user equipment in the method may be a first UE, and the WiFi AP may be a first WiFi AP.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 501 The WiFi AP measures at least one of the following information in the area II for a period of time T1: the channel busy probability CBP, the number of active nodes ASN, and the transmission failure probability TFP, and the area II is the detection range of the WiFi AP.
  • the user equipment measures the channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN in the area 12 for a period of time after the WiFi module is activated, and the area 12 is the detection range of the user equipment.
  • the WiFi AP can separately measure the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
  • the channel busy probability is a ratio of the channel busy time detected by the WiFi AP or the user equipment in the respective detection ranges to the total detection time; the number of active nodes is the WiFi AP or the user equipment is within the respective detection range. The number of stations that send data is detected within a period of time.
  • the station includes the WiFi AP and the user equipment.
  • the transmission failure probability is the ratio of the number of failures of the WiFi AP or the user equipment to transmit the MAC layer data frame to the total number of transmissions.
  • Step 502 The WiFi AP reports the measured information to the first network device by using the period T3, and the SP reports at least one of the following information: a channel busy probability CBP, an active node number ASN, and a transmission failure probability TFP.
  • T1 and T3 may be the same or different.
  • the user equipment reports the measured channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN to the first network device in a period T4.
  • T2 and T4 may be the same or different.
  • the WiFi AP can separately report the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
  • Step 503 The first network device performs an access control decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 502, and sends an access control decision to the user equipment by using the first network device signaling, where the signaling is
  • the method may include: an identifier of a WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access.
  • the signaling may also include information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access, and one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access.
  • the signaling may further include: one or more information of a WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access, and whether the user equipment is allowed to access the WiFi network, on the basis of the identifier of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access. symbols of.
  • the determining, by the first network device, the access control according to the reporting of the WiFi AP and the user equipment may be implemented by: determining, by the first network device, a predetermined one of the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 502 or Whether the multiple information satisfies the respective access conditions, for example, a threshold greater or smaller than the type of each information, and if so, allows the user equipment to access.
  • the access condition is set to include at least one of the following: the CBP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L1, the ASN reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L2, the TFP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L3, and the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold L4.
  • the ASN reported by the user equipment A is smaller than the threshold L5. If the access condition is met, the first network device allows the user equipment A to access the WiFi AP1.
  • the access conditions include: ⁇ 1 eight? 1 reported. 8? Less than the threshold! ⁇ 1, ⁇ 1 eight? 1 reported that the singular value is less than the threshold value! ⁇ 2, the TFP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold value L3, the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold value L4, and the ASN reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold value L5.
  • the information of one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access may include: an identifier of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access.
  • the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access includes: the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access, based on the information of the WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access.
  • the method includes: system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP and/or authentication information of the WiFi AP.
  • the system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP may be at least one of the following:
  • Protocol information supported by the WiFi AP such as 802.11a/b/g/n/ac;
  • the channel number of the WiFi network such as 1-13;
  • Beacon The information in the frame, such as BSS ID/AP MAC Address (Basic Service Set Identifier/AP MAC Address), high throughput HT Control, Timestamp, Beacon Interval, Capability info, Service Set Identifier (SS ID), Frequency Hopping Parameter Set ( Frequency-hopping Parameter Set, FH Parameter Set), Direct-Sequence Parameter Set (DS Parameter Set), Data Waiting Information (TIM), etc.
  • BSS ID/AP MAC Address Basic Service Set Identifier/AP MAC Address
  • High throughput HT Control Timestamp
  • Beacon Interval Capability info
  • Service Set Identifier SS ID
  • Frequency Hopping Parameter Set Frequency-hopping Parameter Set, FH Parameter Set
  • Direct-Sequence Parameter Set DS Parameter Set
  • Data Waiting Information TIM
  • the above signaling of the user access control sent by the first network device includes all the information of the WiFi network listed above.
  • the first network device may send the system information required by the user equipment to the WiFi AP and/or the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the user equipment in advance by signaling.
  • Step 504 The user equipment receives the signaling of the access control decision from the first network device, and saves the received information of one or more WiFi networks that are allowed to access by the user equipment, and prepares to access the WiFi network.
  • the WiFi AP periodically measures and reports CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP information to the first network device.
  • the user equipment measures and reports the CBP, and/or ASN to the first network device before accessing the WiFi network.
  • the first network device performs an access control decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment, so that the user equipment can be prevented from accessing the WiFi network with excessive load or poor channel quality, thereby improving the user experience.
  • a method for load balancing control is also provided. The method may be used in the case that the user equipment is connected to the WiFi network.
  • the user equipment may be the first UE, the first UE.
  • the accessed WiFi AP may be the first WiFi AP.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 601 The WiFi AP measures at least one of the following information in a period of time T1: a channel busy probability CBP in the area II, an active node number ASN in the area II, a transmission failure probability TFP in the area II, and a WiFi AP and The signal quality of the user equipment communication.
  • the user equipment After accessing a WiFi network, the user equipment measures at least one of the following information in a period of time T2: a channel busy probability CBP in the area 12, an active node number ASN in the area 12, and a transmission failure probability TFP in the area 12 And the signal quality of the user equipment communicating with the WiFi AP.
  • the WiFi AP can separately measure the number of nodes belonging to the operator network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
  • Step 602 The WiFi AP reports the measured information to the first network device by using the period T3.
  • the reported information may include at least one of the following: a channel busy probability CBP, an active node number ASN, and a transmission failure probability TFP.
  • T1 and T3 may be the same or different.
  • the user equipment reports the measured channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN, and/or the transmission failure probability TFP to the first network device in a period T4.
  • T2 and T4 may be the same or different.
  • the WiFi AP can separately report the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
  • Step 603 The first network device performs a load balancing decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 602, and sends a load balancing decision to the user equipment by using the signaling sent by the first network device, where the signaling is
  • the information may include: one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to re-access.
  • the signaling may also include: one or more information of a WiFi network that allows the user equipment to re-access, and a flag to control whether the user equipment disconnects the current WiFi network.
  • the determining, by the first network device, the load balancing according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 602 can be implemented in the following manner: the first network device determines that the WiFi AP and the user equipment are in step 602. Whether the predetermined one or more information in the reported information satisfies a predetermined condition, for example, a threshold greater or smaller than the type of each information, and if so, load balancing the user equipment, for example, switching the user equipment to the target network
  • the target network element may be the first network device or another AP.
  • the user device is currently connected to the WiFi API, and the disconnect condition is set to include at least one of: ⁇ 1 eight? 1 reported. 8? is greater than the threshold!
  • the ASN reported by the WiFi API is greater than the threshold L2
  • the TFP reported by the WiFi API is greater than the threshold L3
  • the CBP reported by the user equipment A is greater than the threshold L4
  • the ASN reported by the user equipment A is greater than the threshold L5
  • the user equipment A reports The TFP is greater than the threshold L6, the signal quality of the communication with the user equipment reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L12, and the signal quality of the communication with the WiFi API reported by the user equipment is less than the threshold L13. If the disconnection condition is met, the first network device Control the user equipment to disconnect the current WiFi network.
  • the access condition of the AP2 is set to include at least one of the following: the CBP reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L7, the ASN reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L8, the TFP reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L9, and the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold. L10. The ASN reported by the user equipment A is smaller than the threshold L11. If the access condition of the AP2 is met, the first network device allows the user equipment A to access the AP2.
  • the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to re-access includes the identifier of the WiFi AP that the user equipment is allowed to access.
  • the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access includes: the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access, based on the information of the WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access.
  • the method includes: system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP and/or authentication information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to re-access.
  • the system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP includes at least one of the following:
  • Protocol information supported by the WiFi AP such as 802.11a/b/g/n/ac;
  • the channel number of the WiFi network such as 1-13;
  • Beacon frame information such as BSS ID/AP MAC Address HT ControK Timestamp, Beacon interval, Capability info, SS ID, FH parameter Set DS parameter Set, TIM, etc.
  • the above signaling sent by the first network device includes all the information of the WiFi network listed above.
  • the first network device may send the system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP in advance by signaling, and/or the authentication information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to re-access. User equipment.
  • Step 604 The user equipment receives the signaling of the load balancing decision from the first network device, and if the first network device controls to disconnect the current WiFi network, the current WiFi network is disconnected; if the user is allowed to reconnect
  • the incoming WiFi network information stores the information of the WiFi network that is allowed to access, and is ready to access the WiFi network.
  • the load balancing decision in this embodiment includes the disconnection from the first WiFi AP in the wireless connection management decision in the foregoing embodiment, and may include: disconnecting from the first WiFi AP in the wireless connection management decision in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the connection, and the wireless connection management decision in the above embodiment are switched to the second WiFi AP.
  • the WiFi AP periodically measures and reports CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP information to the first network device
  • the user equipment periodically measures and transmits to the first network device after accessing the WiFi network.
  • Report CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP The first network device performs load balancing decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment, thereby preventing the user equipment from accessing the WiFi network with overload or poor channel quality, and improving the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, which may be used as the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment. .
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device includes: a receiving unit 72, a determining unit 74, and a sending unit 76, where the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first
  • the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the determining unit 74 is connected to the receiving unit 72, and configured to perform, according to the first information, the UE and the first user equipment.
  • the wireless connection management decision of the WiFi AP is obtained as a result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the sending unit 76 is connected to the determining unit 74, and is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the first UE, if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the second information is reported, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE;
  • the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine that the wireless connection management decision result is: Connecting the first UE to the first WiFi APo
  • the received information and the manner of the decision may include: the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and second The information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE, the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determine a wireless connection management decision.
  • the result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP, the method includes: determining, by the access network device, whether the received information is smaller than a respective access threshold, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is:
  • the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi AP report, if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP.
  • the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine the wireless connection.
  • the result of the management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
  • the received information and the manner of the decision may include: the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and second The information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, and the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: a UE connection to the first WiFi AP; or
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first UE.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE;
  • the obtained transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the predetermined number of active nodes measured by the first UE The conditions are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the determining unit 74 is configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, determine that the first UE is switched to the target network element, where the target network element includes: Network device or second WiFi AP.
  • the receiving unit 72 is further configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, receive third information, where the third information is used to reflect a wireless channel condition of the second WiFi AP; and the determining unit 74 is configured to use the third The information is determined to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP.
  • the sending unit 76 is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
  • the network device further includes: an obtaining unit 78, where the obtaining unit 78 is connected to the determining unit 74, for The determining unit 74 determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, acquiring the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the sending unit 76 is connected to the obtaining unit, and is configured to send the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first UE.
  • the obtaining unit 78 is configured to obtain the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or after the determining unit 74 determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes the second WiFi AP.
  • the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; the sending unit 76 is connected to the acquiring unit, configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP to the first UE, and/or the first UE accesses the second WiFi AP System information required.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a WiFi AP, and the WiFi AP can be used as the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment, and the feature of the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment can be applied to the embodiment. .
  • FIG. 9 is a structural block diagram of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the WiFi AP includes: a detecting unit 92 and a sending unit 94, where the detecting unit 92 is configured to detect a wireless channel status of the WiFi AP.
  • the sending unit 94 is connected to the detecting unit 92, and configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device is configured according to the first network device.
  • the first information is used to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the WiFi is shown in FIG.
  • the AP further includes: a receiving unit 96, configured to: after the first UE prepares to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after the sending unit 94 sends the first information to the first network device, the receiving The first message of the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE.
  • a receiving unit 96 configured to: after the first UE prepares to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after the sending unit 94 sends the first information to the first network device, the receiving The first message of the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE.
  • the receiving unit 96 is configured to: after the first UE prepares to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after receiving the first information to the first network device, receive the first UE a message, the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE, where the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; or
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and an active node number measured by the WiFi AP;
  • the rate, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
  • the detecting unit 92 is configured to: after the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit 94 sends the first information to the first network device, detecting the first The UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
  • the content of the received information includes:
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the detecting unit is configured to: after the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit 76 sends the first information to the first network device , detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE;
  • the predetermined conditions of the measured transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is Less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the sending unit 94 is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the first UE access to the first network device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a UE, which may be used as the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE includes: a receiving unit 1102 and a management unit 1104, where the receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive a first component that is a component of a cellular network.
  • a result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the network device where the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information
  • the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP
  • the management unit 1104 is connected to the receiving unit 1102, and is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP, or The first network device obtains, according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; The UE is controlled to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition,
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a busy channel measured by the first WiFi AP Probability, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP;
  • the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the UE and a number of active nodes measured by the UE; a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP,
  • the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds. .
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the management unit 1104 is configured to: The UE is controlled to disconnect from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel, which is received by the UE.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by a WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communication; the second information includes at least one of the following : the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first The number of active nodes measured by a WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE
  • the predetermined conditions are greater than the respective predetermined threshold value; predetermined signal quality condition WiFi AP communicating with the
  • the receiving unit 1102 is configured to: when the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, receiving an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target
  • the network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the management unit 1104 is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
  • the receiving unit 1102 is configured to: determine that the wireless connection management decision is: In the case of the WiFi AP, the access information is received from the first network device, and the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; The UE is controlled to access the first WiFi AP by using the access information.
  • the receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive, after the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element, the handover information from the first network device, where the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, where The switching information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP.
  • the management unit 1104 is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP by using the handover information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, which may be used as the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment. .
  • FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device includes: a transceiver 1202 and a processor 1204, where the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive first information, where The first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP.
  • the processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP. Obtaining a result of the wireless connection management decision; the transceiver 1202 is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first preferred manner by means of signaling, and send and receive when the first UE prepares to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the device 1202 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel of the first UE.
  • the processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP, where The result of the wireless connection management decision is: determining whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE
  • the processor 1204 is configured to determine the received information. Whether the information meets the access condition, and if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: the first WiFi AP measured The probability of transmission failure, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the first UE measurement The obtained number of active nodes is used by the processor 1204 to determine whether the received information satisfies the access condition.
  • the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP: Determine whether the received information is Less than the respective access threshold, if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi APo
  • the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information and the first information reported by the first WiFi AP.
  • the processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the following manner.
  • the wireless connection management decision is obtained as a result of the wireless connection management decision: determining whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel
  • processing The device 1204 is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes the following At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; a transmission failure probability of the first WiFi AP measurement, the first WiFi The channel busy probability measured by the AP, the
  • the processor 1204 is further configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, determine to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes: Network device or second WiFi APo
  • the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive the third information, where the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; and the processor 1204 is configured to use the third information according to the third information. And determining that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP; the transceiver 1202 is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling.
  • the processor 1204 is configured to: after determining that the wireless connection management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, obtain the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE accesses the first
  • the system information required by the WiFi AP is used by the transceiver 1202 to send the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first UE.
  • the processor 1204 is configured to: after the network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, if the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, obtain the authentication information of the second WiFi AP, and/or The second UE accesses the system information required by the second WiFi AP.
  • the transceiver 1202 is configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP to the first UE.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a WiFi AP, and the WiFi AP can be used as the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment, and the feature of the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment can be applied to the embodiment. .
  • FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram of another WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the WiFi AP includes: a transceiver 1302 and a processor 1304, where the processor 1304 is configured to detect a wireless channel of the WiFi AP.
  • the transceiver 1302 is configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs the first information according to the first information.
  • the wireless connection management decision of the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP is performed, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
  • the transceiver 1302 is configured to receive after transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network.
  • the first message from the first UE, the first message is used to establish a connection of the WiFi AP with the first UE.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; if the first information satisfies an access condition, the transceiver 1302 is configured to be in a first network that is a component of the cellular network.
  • the device After receiving the first information, the device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure of the WiFi AP measurement Probability, channel busy probability obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP; transmission failure probability measured by WiFi AP, channel busy probability obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP The entry conditions are respectively less than the respective access thresholds.
  • the processor 1304 is configured to: after the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the transceiver 1302 sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, And detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and if the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, the processor 1304 is configured to control the transceiver 1302 to be a component of the cellular network.
  • the first network device After the first network device sends the first information, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, and a channel obtained by the WiFi AP measurement.
  • Busy probability the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the active node measured by the WiFi AP
  • the predetermined condition of the number is greater than the respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
  • the transceiver 1302 is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the first UE access to the first network device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a UE, which may be used as the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a structural block diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE includes: a transceiver 1402 and a processor 1404, where: the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive a component that is a component of a cellular network. a result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the network device, wherein the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information.
  • the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; the processor 1404 is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP, or The first network device obtains, according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP;
  • the processor 1404 is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: controlling the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE, if the received information satisfies the access condition,
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP And the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP;
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE and a number of active nodes measured by the UE; a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP,
  • One The access conditions of the channel AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the controller is configured to pass the following The method implements managing the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP.
  • the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel
  • the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel, which is received by the UE.
  • the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by a WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communication; the second information includes at least one of the following : the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first The number of active nodes measured by a WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE
  • the predetermined conditions are greater than the respective predetermined threshold value; predetermined signal quality condition WiFi AP communicating with the
  • the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target The network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
  • the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive the access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: The authentication information of the AP and/or the system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
  • the processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP by using the access information.
  • the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive handover information from the first network device, where The information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP.
  • the processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP by using the handover information.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources are disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: as a component part of a cellular network, a first network device receives a first message, wherein the first message is used for reflecting the wireless channel status of a first wireless fidelity (WiFi) access point (AP); on the basis of the first message, the first network device performs a wireless connection management judgment on a first user equipment (UE) and the first WiFi AP, and gets a result of the wireless connection management judgment; the first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management judgment to the first UE in manner of signaling. With the present invention, it is avoided that the UE accesses an overload WiFi network or a WiFi network with poor channel quality, so as to improve user experience.

Description

无线资源管理的方法、 基站、 用户设备及无线保真接入点 技术领域 本发明涉及通信领域, 尤其涉及一种无线资源管理的方法、 基站、 用户设备及无线 保真接入点。 背景技术 目前, 移动运营商广泛地利用无线保真 (Wireless Fidelity, 简称为 WiFi) 技术, 来 作为蜂窝网络数据分流的一种手段。 在一些热点地区, 运营商部署了大量的接入点 (Access Point, 简称为 AP) 。  The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method for wireless resource management, a base station, a user equipment, and a wireless fidelity access point. BACKGROUND Currently, mobile operators widely utilize Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) technology as a means of data splitting in cellular networks. In some hotspots, operators deploy a large number of access points (APs).
在用户设备打开 WiFi后, 用户设备开始搜索 WiFi网络, 根据用户的选择或者根据用 户设备中的历史记录接入某个搜索到的 WiFi网络。 WiFi AP根据认证信息以及自身负载 的情况判断是否允许该用户设备接入, 从而完成用户设备到 WiFi网络的接入过程。  After the user device turns on the WiFi, the user device starts searching for the WiFi network, and accesses a searched WiFi network according to the user's selection or according to the history in the user device. The WiFi AP determines whether the user equipment is allowed to access according to the authentication information and the load of the user, thereby completing the access process of the user equipment to the WiFi network.
发明人发现, 使用现有技术的接入方法, 用户设备很有可能会尝试接入一个超负载 或质量较差的 WiFi网络,最终连接失败或接入之后服务质量不好,造成用户体验的下降。 发明内容  The inventor has found that, using the prior art access method, the user equipment is likely to try to access an over-loaded or poor-quality WiFi network, and the final connection fails or the quality of the service is poor after access, resulting in a decline in user experience. . Summary of the invention
有鉴于此, 本发明实施例提供了一种无线资源管理的方法、 基站、 用户设备及无线 保真接入点, 以解决现有技术中用户设备有可能会尝试接入一个超负载或质量较差的 WiFi网络而导致接入失败或接入之后服务质量不好的问题。  In view of this, the embodiments of the present invention provide a method for wireless resource management, a base station, a user equipment, and a wireless fidelity access point, to solve the problem that the user equipment in the prior art may try to access an overload or quality. A poor WiFi network causes an access failure or a poor quality of service after access.
第一方面, 提供了一种无线资源管理的方法, 包括: 作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一 网络设备接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 第一 网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无 线连接管理判决的结果; 第一网络设备将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发 送给第一 UE。  The first aspect provides a method for managing a radio resource, including: receiving, by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, first information, where the first information is used to reflect a radio channel condition of the first WiFi AP; The network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a result of the wireless connection management decision. The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the signaling manner. First UE.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况 下, 作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息包括: 第一网络设备接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信 息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 第一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决 的结果, 包括: 第一网络设备判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。 In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, the first network device that is a component of the cellular network receives the first information, where: the first network device Receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; The network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a wireless connection management decision. The result includes: determining, by the first network device, whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 第一网络设备判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果 是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息 包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 第一网络设备判 断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP, 包括: 接入网设备判断接收的信息是否小于各自的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, determining, by the first network device, whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is:: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP Or the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes At least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the first network device determining whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determining a result of the wireless connection management decision The method is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP, including: determining, by the access network device, whether the received information is smaller than a The access threshold, if yes, determines the result of the wireless connection management decision as: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信 息包括: 第一网络设备接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报 的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状 况; 第一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接 管理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决的结果, 包括: 第一网络设备判断接收的信息是否满 足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP 的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, the first network device that is a component of the cellular network Receiving the first information includes: receiving, by the first network device, the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used for Reflecting the wireless channel status of the first UE; the first network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtains a result of the wireless connection management decision, including: the first network device Determining whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining a result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第一网络设备判断接收的信息是否 满足预定条件,如果是,则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为:断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP 的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、和 WiFi AP 与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙 概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活 跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量 的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the first network device determining whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node measured by the first WiFi AP The number, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP and the first UE Signal quality of communication; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, probability of channel busy measured by the first WiFi AP, and measurement of the first WiFi AP The number of active nodes, the UE measures a first channel is busy probability obtained, and a first measured living UE The predetermined condition of the number of hop nodes is greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为:断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接之后,上述方法还包括: 第一网络设备确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 目标网元包括: 第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, after determining that the wireless connection management decision is performed, disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, the foregoing method The method further includes: the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element comprises: the first network device or the second WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 在目标 网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 第一网络设备接收第三信息, 第三信息用于反映第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 第一网络设备确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上包括: 第一网 络设备根据第三信息, 确定要将第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上; 第一网络设备通过信令 的方式通知第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the first network device receives the third information, where the third information is used. The first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, and the first network device determines, according to the third information, that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP. The first network device notifies the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP之后, 上述方法还包括: 第 一网络设备获取第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信 息;第一网络设备向第一 UE发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP 所需的系统信息。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, after determining that the wireless connection management decision is performed, after the first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, the foregoing method further The first network device acquires the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; the first network device sends the authentication information of the first WiFi AP to the first UE and/or Or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 在目标 网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设备确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之 后, 上述方法还包括: 第一网络设备获取第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 第一网络设备向第一 UE发送第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第 一 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 第二方面, 提供了一种无线连接管理的方法, 包括: 第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP 检测第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况;第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设 备发送第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于第一 网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判 决, 并将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target After the network element, the method further includes: acquiring, by the first network device, authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; and sending, by the first network device, the first UE The authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP. In a second aspect, a method for wireless connection management is provided, including: detecting, by a first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, a wireless channel condition of a first WiFi AP; and using, by a first WiFi AP, a first network that is a component of a cellular network The device sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs wireless connection management for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information. The decision is made, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况 下, 如果第一信息满足接入条件, 则在第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网 络设备发送第一信息之后, 第一 WiFi AP接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建 立第一 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接。 In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the first information meets the access condition, the first WiFi AP is configured as a cellular network. After the first network device sends the first information, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to build Establishing a connection between the first WiFi AP and the first UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 如果第一信息满足 接入条件, 则在第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之 后, 第一 WiFi AP接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立第一 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。  With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; After the information meets the access condition, after the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish the first message. a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a first WiFi AP measurement The number of active nodes; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds. .
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果第一信息满足预定条件, 则在第一 WiFi AP向 第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 第一 WiFi AP检测到第一 UE已断开与第一 WiFi AP的 连接。 When the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device, the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE is disconnected. The connection to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 如果第一信息满足 预定条件, 则在第一 WiFi AP向第一网络设备发送第一信息之后,第一 WiFi AP检测到第 一 UE已断开与第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测 量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到 的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输 失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点 数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值, WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定 条件为小于第一预定阈值。  With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, if the first After the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device, the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE has disconnected from the first WiFi AP, or the first information includes at least the following: One: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; The predetermined conditions of the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the WiFi AP communicates with the first UE. The predetermined condition of the signal quality is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 上述方 法还包括: 第一 WiFi AP向第一网络设备发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 第三方面, 提供了一种无线连接管理的方法, 包括: 第一用户设备 UE接收作为蜂 窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理判决的结果, 其中, 无线连接管理 判决的结果是第一网络设备根据第一信息进行针对第一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 第一 UE根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the method further includes: sending, by the first WiFi AP, authentication information and/or a first WiFi AP to the first network device System information required for a UE to access the first WiFi AP. In a third aspect, a method for wireless connection management is provided, including: receiving, by a first user equipment UE, a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, wherein a result of the wireless connection management decision is The first network device obtains, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision of the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where the first information is used to reflect a wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; The UE manages the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备 根据接收到的来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对第一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入 点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自第一 UE的第 二信息和来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对第一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP 的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况。  In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP. The wireless connection management decision of the access point AP is obtained, or the first network device performs, according to the received second information from the first UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, for the first UE and the first wireless protection. The wireless connection management decision of the true WiFi access point AP is obtained, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管 理判决的结果为:将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP;第一 UE根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information meets the access condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: the first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP; and the first UE manages the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision, including: Enter the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理判决 的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙 概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测 量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各 自的接入阈值。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, if the received information satisfies an access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes the following At least one of: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: The measured channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, The access conditions of the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively Access to a respective threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理 判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 第一 UE根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information meets the predetermined condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; the first UE managing the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision includes: disconnecting the first UE The connection to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的 情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE 接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失 败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量;第二信息包括以下至少之一:第一 UE测量得到的 信道繁忙概率、第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 UE测量得 到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信 号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: load information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the wireless connection management determines The result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a first The number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, And the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first UE Signal quality; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the first UE The predetermined condition of the measured number of active nodes is respectively greater than a respective predetermined threshold; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 上述方法还 包括: 第一 UE接收来自第一网络设备的指示第一 UE切换到目标网元的指令, 目标网元 包括: 第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; 第一 UE切换到目标网元。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a case of determining that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP, The method further includes: the first UE receives an instruction from the first network device to indicate that the first UE switches to the target network element, where the target network element includes: the first network device or the second WiFi AP; and the first UE switches to the target network element .
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 上述方法还包括: 第 一 UE接收来自第一网络设备的接入信息, 接入信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 / 或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息;第一 UE根据无线连接管理判决的结果,管 理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 第一 UE使用接入信息接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case where determining that the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP, the foregoing method further The first UE receives the access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; As a result of the wireless connection management decision, managing the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP includes: the first UE accessing the first WiFi AP using the access information.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 在目标 网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设备确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之 后, 上述方法还包括: 第一 UE接收来自第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 切换信息包 括第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息;第一 UE根据 无线连接管理判决的结果,管理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括:第一 UE使用切 换信息从第一 WiFi切换到第二 WiFi AP。 第四方面, 提供了一种网络设备, 该网络设备是蜂窝网络的组成部分, 包括: 接收 单元、 判决单元和发送单元, 其中, 接收单元用于接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于 反映第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线信道状况; 判决单元连接至接收单元, 用于根 据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无线 连接管理判决的结果; 发送单元连接至判决单元, 用于将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通 过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target. After the network element, the method further includes: the first UE receives the handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the second UE needs to access the second WiFi AP. System information: managing, by the first UE, the wireless connection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision, the first UE switching from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information. In a fourth aspect, a network device is provided, where the network device is a component of a cellular network, and includes: a receiving unit, a determining unit, and a sending unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive first information, where the first information is used The wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP is reflected; the determining unit is connected to the receiving unit, configured to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, to obtain a wireless The result of the connection management decision; the sending unit is connected to the determining unit, and configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE by means of signaling.
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 接收单元用于在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一 信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 判 决单元用于判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结 果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。 In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi, if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP. The first reported by the AP And the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine the wireless connection management decision. The result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 判决单元用于判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果 是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息 包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 判决单元用于判 断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP, 包括: 接入网设备判断接收的信息是否小于各自的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP Or the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes At least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and an active node number measured by the first UE, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determine a result of the wireless connection management decision The method is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP, including: determining, by the access network device, whether the received information is smaller than a The access threshold, if yes, determines the result of the wireless connection management decision as: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元用于在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用 于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 判决单元用于判断接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如 果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving unit is configured to receive the first WiFi AP report if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP The first information, or the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the determining unit is configured to determine the received Whether the information satisfies the predetermined condition, and if so, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 判决单元用于判断接收的信息是否 满足预定条件,如果是,则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为:断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP 的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、和 WiFi AP 与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙 概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活 跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量 的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 判决单 元用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确 定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 目标网元包括: 网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the determining unit is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node measured by the first WiFi AP The number, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP and the first UE Signal quality of communication; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, probability of channel busy measured by the first WiFi AP, and measurement of the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is Less than the first predetermined threshold. With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the determining, by the determining unit, the determining, by the determining, the wireless connection management, the disconnection of the first UE and the first WiFi AP After that, the first UE is determined to be switched to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元还用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第三信息, 第三信息用于反映第 二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 判决单元用于根据第三信息, 确定要将第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上; 发送单元用于通过信令的方式通知第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, receive the third information, the third information The determining unit is configured to: according to the third information, determine that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP; and the sending unit is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the signaling manner. On the second WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 上述网 络设备还包括: 获取单元, 其中, 获取单元连接至判决单元, 用于在判决单元确定无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取第一 WiFi AP的认证 信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 发送单元连接至获取单元,用于向 第一 UE发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。  In a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the network device further includes: an acquiring unit, where the acquiring unit is connected to the determining unit, where the determining unit determines the wireless connection The result of the management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, obtaining the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; And a unit, configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 上述网络设备还 包括: 获取单元, 其中, 获取单元连接至判决单元, 用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP 的情况下, 在判决单元确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 获取第二 WiFi AP的认证 信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 发送单元连接至获取单元,用于向 第一 UE发送第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 第五方面, 提供了一种无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP, 包括: 检测单元和发送单元, 其 中, 检测单元用于检测 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 发送单元连接至检测单元, 用于向作 为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映 WiFi AP 的无线信道状况, 以便于第一网络设备根据第一信息,进行针对第一用户设备 UE与 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 上述 WiFi AP还包括: 接收单元, 用于在 第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足接入条件的情况下, 在向第一网络设备发 送第一信息之后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE 的连接。  With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the foregoing network device further includes: an acquiring unit, where the acquiring unit is connected to the determining unit, where the target network element includes In the case of the second WiFi AP, after the determining unit determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, acquiring the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; The unit is connected to the obtaining unit, and configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the second WiFi AP. In a fifth aspect, a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP is provided, including: a detecting unit and a sending unit, where the detecting unit is configured to detect a wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP; and the sending unit is connected to the detecting unit, and is configured to The first network device that is part of the cellular network sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP according to the first information. The wireless connection management decision, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect by means of signaling, the WiFi AP further includes: a receiving unit, configured to After the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after sending the first information to the first network device, receiving the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish The connection of the WiFi AP to the first UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元用于在第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足接入条件的情况下, 在向第一网 络设备发送第一信息之后,接收来自第一 UE的第一消息,其中,第一信息包括: WiFi AP 发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息;或,第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活 跃节点数目; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。 In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving unit is configured to: when the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, In the first network After receiving the first information, the network device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; or, the first information includes at least the following One: the probability of transmission failure measured by WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP; the probability of transmission failure measured by WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and WiFi The access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 检测单 元用于在第一 UE已接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足预定条件的情况下, 在发送单元向 第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the detecting unit is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, After the sending unit sends the first information to the first network device, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 检测单元用于在第一信 息满足预定条件的情况下, 在发送单元向第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传 输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的 预定阈值, WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the detecting unit is configured to If the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit sends the first information to the first network device, detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the WiFi AP measurement The obtained channel busy probability and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 发送单 元用于向第一网络设备发送 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信 息。 第六方面, 提供了一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 接收单元和管理单元, 其中, 接收单 元用于接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理判决的结果,其 中, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根据第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保 真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信 道状况; 管理单元连接至接收单元, 用于根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第 一 WiFi AP的无线连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the first network device, and/or the first UE accesses the WiFi AP. System information required. According to a sixth aspect, a user equipment UE is provided, including: a receiving unit and a management unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the wireless connection As a result of the management decision, the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; The management unit is connected to the receiving unit, and is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备 根据接收到的来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP 的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自 UE的第二信息和 来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管 理判决得到的, 其中, 第二信息用于反映 UE的无线信道状况。 In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP. The AP is determined by the wireless connection management of the AP, or the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP. Wireless connection tube The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 在 UE 准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理 判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 管理单元用于控制 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, if the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information meets the access condition, the wireless The result of the connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; and the management unit is configured to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE 上报的信道的负载信息, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果 为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和 UE测量得 到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE And the number of active nodes measured by the UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, The access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 在 UE 已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判 决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 管理单元用于控制 UE断开与第一 WiFi AP的连 接。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the wireless connection is performed. The result of the management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to disconnect from the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE 上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息,在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如 果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP 与 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 UE 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节 点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别 为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈 值。  With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: load information of a channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel. If the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The UE accesses the first WiFi AP. The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active measured by the first WiFi AP. The number of nodes, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE, a number of active nodes measured by the UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communicating; The probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the active section measured by the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the number of points, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 接 收来自第一网络设备的指示 UE切换到目标网元的指令, 目标网元包括: 第一网络设备 或第二 WiFi AP; 管理单元用于控制 UE切换到目标网元。 In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, The UE is configured to: when disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, receive an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收来 自第一网络设备的接入信息,接入信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 管理单元用于控制 UE使用接入信息接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is configured to: when the UE determines that the wireless connection management decision is: Receiving access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; the management unit is configured to control the UE to use the access information Access to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 接收单 元用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设备确定将 UE切换到目标网 元上之后, 接收来自第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 切换信息包括第二 WiFi AP的认 证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 管理单元用于控制 UE使用切换 信息从第一 WiFi切换到第二 WiFi AP。 第七方面, 提供了一种网络设备, 该网络设备是蜂窝网络的组成部分, 包括: 收发 器和处理器, 其中, 收发器用于接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线信道状况; 处理器用于根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE 与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决的结果; 收发器用于将无 线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。  In conjunction with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving unit is configured to determine, when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, Receiving the handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; The control UE switches from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information. In a seventh aspect, a network device is provided, where the network device is an integral part of a cellular network, and includes: a transceiver and a processor, where the transceiver is configured to receive the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the first wireless a wireless channel status of the Fidelity WiFi access point AP; the processor is configured to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision; The result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况 下, 收发器用于接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息 和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 处理器 用于判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi AP. The first information that is reported and the second information that is reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine the wireless The result of the connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 处理器用于判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括 以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁 忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 处理器用于判断接收 的信息是否小于各自的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi APo With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE, the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets an access condition, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; Or the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes the following: At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the processor is configured to determine the receiving Whether the information is less than the respective access threshold, and if yes, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi APo
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器用于接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或 者, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于 反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 处理器用于判断接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the transceiver is configured to receive the first WiFi AP report, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP. The first information, or the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE, and the processor is configured to determine whether the received information is The predetermined condition is met, and if so, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第 一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 处理器用于判断接收的信息是否满 足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP 的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、和 WiFi AP 与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙 概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活 跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量 的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。  With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, the processor is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from The first WiFi AP is connected to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active node number measured by the first WiFi AP And the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first UE Signal quality; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP, The predetermined conditions of the number of active nodes measured by a WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the signal that the WiFi AP communicates with the first UE The predetermined condition of the quality is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 处理器 用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确定 将第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 目标网元包括: 网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the processor is configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, And determining to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes: a network device or a second WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 收发器 用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下,接收第三信息,第三信息用于反映第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 处理器用于根据第三信息, 确定要将第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP 上; 收发器用于通过信令的方式通知第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the transceiver is configured to receive, when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the third information, where the third information is used. Reflecting the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; the processor is configured to: according to the third information, determine to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP; the transceiver is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling on.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 处理器 用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 收发器用于向第一 UE发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第七方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 处理器用于在目 标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在网络设备确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 获取第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 收发器用 于向第一 UE发送第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信 息。 第八方面, 提供了一种无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP, 包括: 收发器和处理器, 其中, 处理器用于检测 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 收发器用于向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一 网络设备发送第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于第 一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the processor is configured to: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, Acquiring authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the first WiFi AP; the transceiver is configured to send, to the first UE, authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE access System information required by a WiFi AP. In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the processor is configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, determine, by the network device, to switch the first UE to After the target network element is configured, the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP are obtained; the transceiver is configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP to the first UE, and/or The system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP. In an eighth aspect, a wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP is provided, including: a transceiver and a processor, where the processor is configured to detect a wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP; and the transceiver is configured to be the first component that is a component of the cellular network The network device sends the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP according to the first information, and The result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 收发器用于在第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP,且第一信息满足接入条件的情况下,在向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发 送第一信息之后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE 的连接。  In a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver is configured to be the first component that is part of the cellular network, where the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition. After transmitting the first information, the network device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 收发器用于在第一信息 满足接入条件的情况下, 在向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之 后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接; 或, 第 一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道 繁忙概率、 和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别 为小于各自的接入阈值。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; After the information satisfies the access condition, after transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, receiving the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish the WiFi AP and the first UE. Or the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and an active node number measured by the WiFi AP; a transmission failure probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement The access conditions of the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 处理器 用于在第一 UE已接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足预定条件的情况下, 在收发器向作为 蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP 的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the processor is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, After transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, the transceiver detects that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 如果第一信息满足预定 条件, 则处理器用于在收发器向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之 后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃 节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别 为大于各自的预定阈值, WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定 阈值。 With reference to any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel that is sent by the WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, if the first information is met. a predetermined condition, the processor is configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network at the transceiver After detecting, the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and a WiFi AP measurement. The number of active nodes, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the transmission failure probability of the WiFi AP measurement, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than the respective The predetermined threshold, the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 收发器 用于向第一网络设备发送 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信 息。 第九方面, 提供了一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 收发器和处理器, 其中, 收发器用于 接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理判决的结果, 其中, 无 线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根据第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi 接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状 况; 处理器用于根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the transceiver is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the first network device, and/or the first UE needs to access the WiFi AP. System information. A ninth aspect provides a user equipment UE, including: a transceiver and a processor, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the wireless connection management As a result of the decision, the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; The router is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备 根据接收到的来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP 的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自 UE的第二信息和 来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管 理判决得到的, 其中, 第二信息用于反映 UE的无线信道状况。  In a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP. The AP is determined by the wireless connection management of the AP, or the first network device performs the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP. The wireless connection management decision is obtained, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 在 UE 准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理 判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 处理器用于通过以下方式实现根据无线连接 管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 控制 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, if the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the wireless The result of the connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the processor is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: controlling the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE 上报的信道的负载信息, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果 为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和 UE测量得 到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。 In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: loading information of a channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE And UE measured Number of active nodes to be reached; probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the UE, and UE measurement The access conditions of the obtained number of active nodes are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 在 UE 已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判 决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 控制器用于通过以下方式实现根据无线连接管 理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the wireless connection is The result of the management decision is: the UE is connected to the first WiFi AP; the controller is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP Connection.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 第一信 息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE 上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息,在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如 果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP 与 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 UE 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节 点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别 为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈 值。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or load information of the channel, the second information The method includes: load information of a channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel. If the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The UE accesses the first WiFi AP. The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and an active measured by the first WiFi AP. The number of nodes, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE, a number of active nodes measured by the UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communicating; The probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the active section measured by the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the number of points, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 收发器用于接收 来自第一网络设备的指示 UE切换到目标网元的指令, 目标网元包括: 第一网络设备或 第二 WiFi AP; 处理器用于控制 UE切换到目标网元。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, when the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is used by Receiving an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the processor is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 在确定 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器用于接收来自 第一网络设备的接入信息, 接入信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 处理器用于控制 UE使用接入信息接入到第一 WiFi AP。  In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the determining result of the wireless connection management decision is: when the UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is used by Receiving access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; the processor is configured to control the UE to use the access information to access Go to the first WiFi AP.
结合上述任一种可能的实现方式, 在第九方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 在目标 网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设备确定将 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 收 发器用于接收来自第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 切换信息包括第二 WiFi AP的认证 信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 处理器用于控制 UE使用切换信息 从第一 WiFi切换到第二 WiFi AP。 In combination with any of the foregoing possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element. After receiving, the transceiver is configured to receive handover information from the first network device, where the handover information includes the authentication of the second WiFi AP Information and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; the processor is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the handover information.
通过本发明实施例, 第一网络设备能够根据反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况的第 一信息, 对第一 UE进行无线连接管理判决, 例如, 进行接入控制或负载均衡控制, 从 而避免第一 UE接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。 附图说明 图 1是根据本发明实施例的一种无线资源管理的方法的流程图;  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2是根据本发明实施例的另一种无线资源管理的方法的流程图;  2 is a flowchart of another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3是根据本发明实施例的再一种无线资源管理的方法的流程图;  FIG. 3 is a flowchart of still another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 4是根据本发明实施例的一种无线资源管理的方法的示意图;  4 is a schematic diagram of a method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5是根据本发明实施例的另一种无线资源管理的方法的示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 6是根据本发明实施例的再一种无线资源管理的方法的示意图;  FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of still another method for radio resource management according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 7是根据本发明实施例的一种网络设备的结构框图;  7 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 8是根据本发明是实施例的一种网络设备的优选的结构框图;  FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 9是根据本发明实施例的一种 WiFi AP的结构框图;  9 is a structural block diagram of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10是根据本发明实施例的一种 WiFi AP的优选的结构框图;  FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a preferred structure of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 11是根据本发明实施例的一种 UE的结构框图;  FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 12是根据本发明实施例的另一种网络设备的结构框图;  FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 13是根据本发明实施例的另一种 WiFi AP的结构框图;  FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram of another WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 14是根据本发明实施例的另一种 UE的结构框图。 具体实施方式 下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整 地描述, 基于本发明实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得 的所有其他实施例, 都属于本申请保护的范围。 需要说明的是, 在不冲突的情况下, 下 列实施例及其中的特征可以互相结合。  FIG. 14 is a structural block diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. All other embodiments are within the scope of the present application. It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the following embodiments and the features thereof may be combined with each other.
应理解, 本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统, 例如: 全球移动通讯 (Global System of Mobile communication, 简称为 GSM)系统、码分多址( Code Division Multiple Access, 简称为 CDMA)系统、 宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, 简称为 WCDMA) 系统、 通用分组无线业务 (General Packet Radio Service, 简 称为 GPRS )、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称为 LTE)系统、 LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,简称为 FDD)系统、 LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,简称为 TDD)、 通用移动通信系统 (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, 简称为 UMTS )、 无线 局域网络(Wireless Local Area Networks, 简称为 WLAN)、全球微波互联接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, 简禾尔为 WiMAX) 等。 It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). System, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple) Access, referred to as WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) System, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Interconnect (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, Wilhelm WiMAX), etc.
用户设备也可是移动终端 (Mobile Terminal, 简称为 MT) 、 移动用户设备等, 可 以经无线接入网 (例如, Radio Access Network, 简称为 RAN) 与一个或多个核心网进 行通信, 用户设备可以是移动终端, 如移动电话 (或称为"蜂窝"电话) 或具有移动终端 的计算机, 例如, 可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。 在本申请中, 用户设备支持 WiFi功能。  The user equipment can also be a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal, MT for short), a mobile user equipment, etc., and can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (for example, Radio Access Network, RAN for short), and the user equipment can It is a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) or a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device. In this application, the user equipment supports the WiFi function.
第一网络设备可以是以下至少之一: 接入网设备、 移动管理实体 (Mobile Management Entity,简称为 MME)、服务网关(Serving Gateway,简称为 Serving-GW)、 和分组数据网网关 (Packet Data Network Gateway, 简称为 P-GW) , 其中, 接入网设备 可以是基站,也可以是基站控制器,还可以是无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller, 简称为 RNC) 。 该基站可以是 GSM或 CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station, 简称为 BTS ) , 也可以是 WCDMA中的基站(NodeB ) , 还可以是 LTE中的演进节点 B (Evolved Node B, 简称为 eNB ) , 此处不作限定。 本发明实施例提供了一种无线资源管理的方法, 如图 1所示, 该方法包括: 步骤 101, 作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息 用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况;  The first network device may be at least one of the following: an access network device, a mobile management entity (Mobile Management Entity, MME for short), a serving gateway (Serving Gateway, referred to as Serving-GW), and a packet data network gateway (Packet Data) The network gateway (referred to as P-GW), wherein the access network device may be a base station, a base station controller, or a radio network controller (Radio Network Controller, or RNC for short). The base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an Evolved Node B (eNB) in LTE. This is not a limitation. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes: Step 101: A first network device that is a component of a cellular network receives first information, where the first information is used to reflect The wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP;
步骤 102, 第一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连 接管理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决的结果;  Step 102: The first network device performs, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision.
步骤 103, 第一网络设备将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 在现有技术中, 运营商部署的 WiFi网络与蜂窝网络的设备之间几乎没有交互, UE 很有可能会尝试接入一个超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络,导致接入失败或接入之后 服务质量不好, 造成用户体验的下降。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备能够根据反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况的第一信息, 对第一 UE进行无线连接管理判决, 例如, 进行接 入控制或负载均衡控制, 从而避免第一 UE接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。 本发明实施例提供了一种无线资源管理的方法, 如图 2所示, 该方法包括: 步骤 201, 第一 WiFi AP检测第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; Step 103: The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first in the prior art, where there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is very An attempt may be made to access a WiFi network that is overloaded or has poor channel quality, resulting in a failure in access or poor quality of service after access, resulting in a decline in user experience. In this embodiment, the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing the connection. Incoming control or load balancing control, thereby preventing the first UE from accessing the WiFi network with overload or poor channel quality, thereby improving the user experience. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG. 2, the method includes: Step 201: A first WiFi AP detects a radio channel condition of a first WiFi AP.
步骤 202, 第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息, 其 中, 所述第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于所述第一网络设备根 据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给所述第一 UE。  Step 202: The first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, so as to facilitate the first network device. And performing, according to the first information, a radio connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP, and sending, by using the signaling, the first UE to the first UE .
在现有技术中, 运营商部署的 WiFi网络与蜂窝网络的设备之间几乎没有交互, UE 很有可能会尝试接入一个超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络,导致接入失败或接入之后 服务质量不好, 造成用户体验的下降。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备能够根据反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况的第一信息, 对第一 UE进行无线连接管理判决, 例如, 进行接 入控制或负载均衡控制, 从而避免第一 UE接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。 本发明实施例提供了一种无线资源管理的方法, 如图 3所示, 该方法包括: 步骤 301, 第一 UE接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理 判决的结果, 其中, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根据第一信息进行针对第 一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 第一信息用于反映第 一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况;  In the prior art, there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is likely to try to access a WiFi network with poor overload or poor channel quality, resulting in access failure or access. After that, the quality of the service is not good, resulting in a decline in the user experience. In this embodiment, the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for managing a radio resource. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes: Step 301: A first UE receives a result of a radio connection management decision sent by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, The result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, where the first information is used to reflect the first WiFi. The wireless channel status of the AP;
步骤 302, 第一 UE根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无 线连接。  Step 302: The first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
在现有技术中, 运营商部署的 WiFi网络与蜂窝网络的设备之间几乎没有交互, UE 很有可能会尝试接入一个超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络,导致接入失败或接入之后 服务质量不好, 造成用户体验的下降。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备能够根据反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况的第一信息, 对第一 UE进行无线连接管理判决, 例如, 进行接 入控制或负载均衡控制, 从而避免第一 UE接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。 本发明实施例提供了一种无线资源管理的方法, 如图 4所示, 该方法包括: 步骤 401, 作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息 用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; In the prior art, there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is likely to try to access a WiFi network with poor overload or poor channel quality, resulting in access failure or access. After that, the quality of the service is not good, resulting in a decline in the user experience. In this embodiment, the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience. The embodiment of the invention provides a method for wireless resource management. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes: Step 401: The first network device that is a component of the cellular network receives the first information, where the first information is used to reflect a wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP.
步骤 402, 第一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连 接管理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决的结果;  Step 402: The first network device performs, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first UE and the first WiFi AP, to obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision.
步骤 403, 第一网络设备将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 在现有技术中, 运营商部署的 WiFi网络与蜂窝网络的设备之间几乎没有交互, UE 很有可能会尝试接入一个超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络,导致接入失败或接入之后 服务质量不好, 造成用户体验的下降。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备能够根据反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况的第一信息, 对第一 UE进行无线连接管理判决, 例如, 进行接 入控制或负载均衡控制, 从而避免第一 UE接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。  Step 403: The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first in the prior art, where there is almost no interaction between the WiFi network deployed by the operator and the device of the cellular network, and the UE is very An attempt may be made to access a WiFi network that is overloaded or has poor channel quality, resulting in a failure in access or poor quality of service after access, resulting in a decline in user experience. In this embodiment, the first network device can perform a wireless connection management decision on the first UE according to the first information that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, for example, performing access control or load balancing control, thereby avoiding the first A UE accesses a WiFi network with an overload or poor channel quality to improve the user experience.
优选地, 步骤 402可以通过以下方式之一实现:  Preferably, step 402 can be implemented in one of the following ways:
方式一、 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 第一网络设备接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息,其 中, 第二信息用于所述第一 UE的无线信道状况; 然后, 第一网络设备判断接收的信息 是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第 -WiFi AP, 其中, 在本实施例中, 该接收的信息可以是: 第一信息, 也可以是第一信 息和第二信息。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备在判断反映第一 WiFi AP无线信道状况的 第一信息满足接入条件时,确定将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP,避免了将第一 UE接入到 信道状况不好的 WiFi AP。 并且, 在本实施例中, 如果第一 UE要接入到第一 WiFi, 可以 测量信道的负载信息, 将信道的负载信息发送给第一网络设备, 从而能够使第一网络设 备获得当前环境的准确信息, 并根据获取到的准确的信息, 对第一 UE进行接入, 从而 提高了接入的概率, 提高了用户的体验。  In a first mode, the first network device receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, and reports the first UE, when the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP. Second information, wherein the second information is used for the wireless channel condition of the first UE; then, the first network device determines whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is The first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, where, in this embodiment, the received information may be: the first information, or the first information and the second information. In this embodiment, when determining that the first information that reflects the status of the first WiFi AP wireless channel meets the access condition, the first network device determines to connect the first UE to the first WiFi AP, and avoids connecting the first UE. Enter a WiFi AP with poor channel conditions. In this embodiment, if the first UE is to access the first WiFi, the load information of the channel may be measured, and the load information of the channel is sent to the first network device, so that the first network device can obtain the current environment. Accurate information, and access to the first UE according to the obtained accurate information, thereby improving the probability of access and improving the user experience.
优选地, 上述第一信息可以是第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载 信息, 上述第二信息可以是第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 第一网络设备判断接收的 信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入 到第一 WiFi AP。其中, WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息是 WiFi AP 在其测量范围内测量得到的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第一 UE上报的信道 的负载信息是第一 UE在其测量范围内测量得到的信道的负载信息。 优选地, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率 (Transmission Failure Probability, 简称为 TFP) 、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概 率(Channel Busy Probability, CBP)、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目 (Active Stations Number, ASN) ; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概 率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 接入网设备判断上述接收的信息是否小于各自 的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。 其中, 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失 败概率,第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的负载信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到 的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 UE上报的信道的负载 信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节 点数目。 Preferably, the first information may be the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, where the second information may be the load information of the channel reported by the first UE, and the first network device determines the received information. Whether the information satisfies the access condition, and if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP. The quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the WiFi AP in the measurement range, and the load information of the channel reported by the first UE is The first UE measures the load information of the obtained channel within its measurement range. Preferably, the first information includes at least one of the following: a Transmission Failure Probability (TFP) measured by the first WiFi AP, and a Channel Busy Probability (CBP) measured by the first WiFi AP. And the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP (Active Stations Number, ASN); the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, accessing The network device determines whether the received information is smaller than a respective access threshold, and if yes, determines that the wireless connection management decision results in: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP. The quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the load information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes at least one of the following: the channel measured by the first WiFi AP is busy. The probability, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the load information of the channel reported by the first UE includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and an active node number measured by the first UE.
在本实施例中, WiFi AP将其测量得到的活跃节点数目上报给第一网络设备, 第一 网络设备能够获知 WiFi AP周围的 WiFi节点, 并根据活跃节点数目控制第一UE的接入, 从而能够提高接入或负载均衡的准确性。 可选地, 如果 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息 和 /或信道的负载信息包括 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目, WiFi AP测量得到属于运 营商网络的活跃节点的数目和不属于运营商网络的活跃节点的数目, 并将测量到的属于 运营商网络的活跃节点的数目和不属于运营商网络的活跃节点的数目发送给第一网络 设备。 其中, 属于运营商网络的活跃节点可以包括: 运营商配置的节点, 例如, 运营商 配置的 WiFi AP; 不属于运营商网络的活跃节点可以包括: 不是运营商配置的节点。  In this embodiment, the WiFi AP reports the measured number of active nodes to the first network device, and the first network device can learn the WiFi node around the WiFi AP, and control the access of the first UE according to the number of active nodes, thereby Improve the accuracy of access or load balancing. Optionally, if the quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel includes the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, the WiFi AP measures the number of active nodes belonging to the operator network and does not belong to the operator network. The number of active nodes, and the measured number of active nodes belonging to the operator network and the number of active nodes not belonging to the operator network are sent to the first network device. The active nodes that belong to the carrier network may include: a node configured by the operator, for example, a WiFi AP configured by the operator; and an active node not belonging to the carrier network may include: a node that is not configured by the operator.
在现有技术中, 如果第一 UE周围 WiFi节点较多, 例如, 第一 UE周围存在多个 WiFi 用户设备和 /或多个 WiFi AP, 则第一 UE会受到来自周围 WiFi的节点的干扰, 此时, WiFi AP可能不能检测到这些干扰, 而仅根据自身的负载情况允许该第一 UE接入, 从而使得 该第一 UE在 WiFi网络中性能较差。 在本实施例中, 第一 UE将其测量得到的活跃节点数 目上报给第一网络设备, 第一网络设备能够获知第一 UE周围的 WiFi节点, 并根据活跃 节点数目控制第一 UE的接入, 从而能够提高接入或负载均衡的准确性。  In the prior art, if there are many WiFi nodes around the first UE, for example, there are multiple WiFi user equipments and/or multiple WiFi APs around the first UE, the first UE may be interfered by the nodes from the surrounding WiFi. At this time, the WiFi AP may not be able to detect the interference, but only allow the first UE to access according to its own load condition, so that the first UE performs poorly in the WiFi network. In this embodiment, the first UE reports the measured number of active nodes to the first network device, and the first network device can learn the WiFi node around the first UE, and control the access of the first UE according to the number of active nodes. , which can improve the accuracy of access or load balancing.
可选地, 第一网络设备判断第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息中的一个或多个信息是否满足各自的接入条件, 如果是, 则确定允许第一 UE接入第 一 WiFi AP。 例如, 可以预先设定信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息中的一个或多个 信息用于接入判断, 只要这预定的一个或多个信息信道的质量信息信道的负载信息满足 各自的接入条件, 例如, 大于或小于各自的预定阈值, 即可确定允许第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP。 优选地, 当接收到的所有信道的质量信息和信道的负载信息均满足各自的接 入条件时, 确定允许第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP, 例如, 如果第一网络设备仅收到第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息, 则只要判断信道的质量信息满足各自的预定的信道的 质量信息阈值, 就可以确定允许第一 UE接入该第一 WiFi AP; 同理, 如果第一网络设备 仅收到第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的负载信息, 则只要判断信道的负载信息满足各自的预 定的信道的负载信息阈值, 就可以确定允许第一 UE接入该第一 WiFi AP。 通过设定预定 条件, 本实施例可以很方便地判断是否允许第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP。 Optionally, the first network device determines whether one or more information of the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel meets the respective access conditions, and if yes, determines to allow the first UE. Access the first WiFi AP. For example, one or more of the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel may be preset for the access determination as long as the load information of the quality information channel of the predetermined one or more information channels meets the respective The access conditions, for example, greater than or less than respective predetermined thresholds, may determine that the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP. Preferably, when the quality information of all received channels and the load information of the channel meet the respective access conditions, it is determined that the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP, for example, if the first network device only receives the first If the quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP is determined, the quality information of the channel is determined to meet the quality information threshold of the predetermined channel, and the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP. Similarly, if the first network device Only the load information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP is received, and the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP by determining that the load information of the channel meets the load information threshold of the respective predetermined channel. By setting a predetermined condition, the embodiment can conveniently determine whether the first UE is allowed to access the first WiFi AP.
可选地, 第一网络设备根据第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息、以及第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息,确定是否允许第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP可以通 过以下方式实现: 第一网络设备判断第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负 载信息、 以及第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息中的一个或多个信息是否满足各自的接入 条件, 例如, 大于或小于各自的预定阈值, 如果是, 则确定允许第一 UE接入该第一 WiFi 可选地, 第一网络设备确定第一 WiFi AP允许该第一 UE接入, 可以将第一 WiFi AP 的信息发送给第一 UE, 然后, 第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP。 通过本实施例, 第一网络设备 指示第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  Optionally, the first network device determines, according to the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP, and/or the load information of the channel, and the load information of the channel reported by the first UE, whether to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi AP. The first network device can determine whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and one or more information of the load information of the channel reported by the first UE meet the respective ones. The access condition, for example, is greater than or less than a respective predetermined threshold, and if yes, determining to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi. Optionally, the first network device determines that the first WiFi AP allows the first UE to access, The information of the first WiFi AP may be sent to the first UE, and then the first UE accesses the first WiFi AP. In this embodiment, the first network device instructs the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
优选地, 第一 WiFi AP的信息包括第一 WiFi AP的标识。  Preferably, the information of the first WiFi AP includes an identifier of the first WiFi AP.
优选地, 在将第一 WiFi AP的标识发送给第一 UE的情况下, 第一网络设备还可以将 第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或该第一 UE接入该第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息发送给第一 UE, 第一 UE根据这些信息可以方便快速的接入到第一 WiFi AP上。在现有技术中, 第一 UE接入某个 WiFi网络要经历扫描、 认证过程, 时延较长。 本实施例中, 第一网络设备 将 WiFi网络的认证信息发送给第一 UE, 减少了第一 UE认证时间, 使第一 UE能够快速接 入到网络中。 另外, 第一网络设备还可以通过将 WiFi AP的认证信息和所述第一 UE接入 所述 WiFi AP所需的系统信息提前发送给第一 UE, 从而加快第一 UE连接 WiFi网络的过 程, 增强了用户体验。  Preferably, in the case that the identifier of the first WiFi AP is sent to the first UE, the first network device may further obtain the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE needs to access the first WiFi AP. The system information is sent to the first UE, and the first UE can conveniently and quickly access the first WiFi AP according to the information. In the prior art, the first UE accesses a certain WiFi network to undergo a scanning and authentication process, and the delay is long. In this embodiment, the first network device sends the authentication information of the WiFi network to the first UE, which reduces the first UE authentication time, so that the first UE can quickly access the network. In addition, the first network device may further send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and the system information required by the first UE to access the WiFi AP to the first UE, thereby speeding up the process of connecting the first UE to the WiFi network. Enhanced user experience.
优选地, 第一网络设备可以通过接收 WiFi AP上报的 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息, 获取 WiFi AP的认证信息禾 或第一 UE接入 WiFi AP所 需的系统信息。  Preferably, the first network device may obtain the authentication information of the WiFi AP or the first UE accessing the WiFi AP by receiving the authentication information of the WiFi AP reported by the WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the first UE to access the WiFi AP. Required system information.
可选地, 第一网络设备确定有多个 WiFi AP允许该第一 UE接入, 可以将这多个 WiFi AP的信息均发送给第一 UE, 然后, 第一 UE从这多个 WiFi AP中选取一个进行接入。 方式二、在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下,第一网络设备接收第一 WiFi AP 上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收第一 WiFi AP和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息 用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 然后, 第一网络设备判断接收的信息是否满足预定 条件,如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接, 其中, 该接收的信息可以是第一信息, 也可以是第一信息和第二信息。 通过本实施例, 第一网络设备可以控制第一 UE从质量不好的 WiFi网络断开, 降低了网络的负载。 并且, 在本实施例的一个实现方式中, 第一网络设备能够通过第一 WiFi AP和第一 UE上报的信 息, 有效控制和均衡 WiFi网络中的负载, 从而使得第一 UE在 WiFi网络中获得更高的吞 吐量和较低的时延。 Optionally, the first network device determines that multiple WiFi APs allow the first UE to access, and may send the information of the multiple WiFi APs to the first UE, and then, the first UE is from the multiple WiFi APs. Select one to access. Manner 2: The first network device receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receives the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the first UE, where the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP. The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE. Then, the first network device determines whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determines that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE The connection with the first WiFi AP, where the received information may be the first information, or may be the first information and the second information. With this embodiment, the first network device can control the first UE to disconnect from the poor quality WiFi network, thereby reducing the load of the network. Moreover, in an implementation manner of the embodiment, the first network device can effectively control and balance the load in the WiFi network by using the information reported by the first WiFi AP and the first UE, so that the first UE is obtained in the WiFi network. Higher throughput and lower latency.
优选地, 在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的 情况下, 第一信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第 二信息包括: 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第一网络设备判断 接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。 其中, WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息 是 WiFi AP在其测量范围内测量得到的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第一 UE 上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息是第一 UE在其测量范围内测量得到的信道 的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息。  Preferably, in a case where the determination of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load of the channel The second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, and the first network device determines whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: The connection of the first UE to the first WiFi AP is disconnected. The quality information of the channel reported by the WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the WiFi AP in the measurement range, and the quality information of the channel reported by the first UE and The load information of the channel is the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel measured by the first UE within its measurement range.
优选地, 在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的 情况下,第一信息包括以下至少之一:第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第 一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点 数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定 条件为小于第一预定阈值。 其中, 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息包括以下至少之 一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量, 第 一 WiFi AP上报的信道的负载信息包括以下至少之一:第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙 概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息包括以 下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 第 一 UE上报的信道的质量信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的传输失败概率、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量。 Preferably, in a case where the determination of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by a WiFi AP, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel measured by the first UE is busy Probability, the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the measured number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE The condition is less than the first predetermined threshold. The quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE, and a load of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP. The information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP. The load information of the channel reported by the first UE includes at least one of the following: Channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, The quality information of the channel reported by the UE includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE.
可选地, 第一网络设备判断第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息的一个或多个信息是否满足各自的预定条件, 例如, 大于或小于各自的预定阈值, 如 果是, 则确定将第一 UE从当前为该第一 UE服务的第一 WiFi AP断开。 需要说明的是, 可 以预先设定哪些信息用于作为判断断开的信息, 当预先设定的信息满足预定条件, 即可 确定要将第一 UE从第一 WiFi AP断开。 优选地, 当第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息 和信道的负载信息均满足预定条件时, 确定要将第一 UE从第一 WiFi AP断开。 通过设定 预定条件,本实施例可以很方便地判断是否将第一 UE从当前为该第一 UE服务的 WiFi AP 切换到目标网元。  Optionally, the first network device determines whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the one or more information of the load information of the channel meet respective predetermined conditions, for example, greater than or less than a respective predetermined threshold, if Yes, it is determined that the first UE is disconnected from the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE. It should be noted that which information can be preset for use as the information for determining the disconnection, and when the predetermined information satisfies the predetermined condition, it can be determined that the first UE is to be disconnected from the first WiFi AP. Preferably, when the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and the load information of the channel satisfy the predetermined condition, it is determined that the first UE is to be disconnected from the first WiFi AP. By setting a predetermined condition, the embodiment can conveniently determine whether to switch the first UE from the WiFi AP currently serving the first UE to the target network element.
在本发明实施例的一个优选实现方式中, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况 下, 第一网络设备接收该第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息、 以 及接收第一 UE上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 然后, 第一网络设备可以 根据第一WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息、以及第一UE上报的信道 的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 对第一 UE进行负载均衡控制。  In a preferred implementation of the embodiment of the present invention, in a case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, the first network device receives the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load of the channel. Information, and receiving the quality information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or the load information of the channel; then, the first network device may be based on the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and the first The quality information of the channel reported by the UE and/or the load information of the channel are subjected to load balancing control on the first UE.
在现有技术中, 在第一 UE成功接入了某一 WiFi网络后, 该 WiFi网络可能受到后续 出现的干扰的影响, 造成网络性能下降, 此时, 第一 UE在该 WiFi网络中体验较差。 在 本实施例中, 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户上报的信息, 确定是否将第一 UE进行负 载均衡控制, 例如, 切换到目标网元中, 这样, 在当前为第一 UE服务的 WiFi AP网络质 量较差时, 第一网络设备能够将第一 UE切换到其他网元中, 从而提高用户体验。  In the prior art, after the first UE successfully accesses a certain WiFi network, the WiFi network may be affected by subsequent interference, resulting in a decrease in network performance. At this time, the first UE experiences in the WiFi network. difference. In this embodiment, the first network device determines, according to the WiFi AP and the information reported by the user, whether to perform load balancing control on the first UE, for example, to switch to the target network element, so that the WiFi currently serving the first UE is used. When the quality of the AP network is poor, the first network device can switch the first UE to another network element, thereby improving the user experience.
可选地, 第一网络设备根据第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息、 以及第一 UE上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 确定是否将第一 UE切换 到目标网元包括: 第一网络设备判断第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负 载信息、 以及第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息中的一个或多个信息是否满足各自的预定 条件, 例如, 大于或小于各自的预定阈值, 如果是, 则确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元。 需要说明的是,第一网络设备只要判断其接收到的信道的质量信息和信道的负载信息中 的预定的一个或多个信息满足各自的预定条件, 即可确定允许第一 UE切换到目标网元。 通过设定预定条件, 本实施例可以很方便地判断是否允许第一 UE切换到目标网元。  Optionally, the first network device determines, according to the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and the quality information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or the load information of the channel, whether the first network device is to be the first The UE switching to the target network element includes: determining, by the first network device, whether the quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel, and one or more information of the load information of the channel reported by the first UE are satisfied. The respective predetermined conditions, for example, are greater than or less than respective predetermined thresholds, and if so, it is determined to switch the first UE to the target network element. It should be noted that the first network device may determine that the first UE is allowed to switch to the target network as long as it is determined that the quality information of the channel it receives and the predetermined one or more information in the load information of the channel satisfy respective predetermined conditions. yuan. By setting a predetermined condition, the embodiment can conveniently determine whether the first UE is allowed to switch to the target network element.
可选地,在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为:断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 第一网络设备确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 所述目标网元包 括: 所述第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP, 并将目标网元的信息发送给第一 UE, 然后, 第 一 UE从当前为第一 UE服务的第一 WiFi AP切换到目标网元, 例如, 第二 WiFi AP。例如, 如果当前为第一 UE服务的第一 WiFi AP所在网络的质量不好, 第一网络设备可以根据其 他 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息,将该第一UE切换到质量较好的 第二 WiFi AP。 第一网络设备还可以将该第一 UE切换到该第一网络设备上, 直接通过蜂 窝网络为该第一 UE提供服务。 通过本实施例, 第一网络设备可以控制第一 UE从质量不 好的第一 WiFi切换到质量较好的目标网元, 从而提高用户体验。 Optionally, after determining that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP, the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element. Above, the target network element package The first network device or the second WiFi AP sends the information of the target network element to the first UE, and then the first UE switches from the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE to the target network element. For example, a second WiFi AP. For example, if the quality of the network where the first WiFi AP currently serving the first UE is located is not good, the first network device may switch the first UE according to the quality information of the channel reported by the other WiFi AP and/or the load information of the channel. Go to a second WiFi AP of better quality. The first network device may also switch the first UE to the first network device to directly serve the first UE through the cellular network. With the embodiment, the first network device can control the first UE to switch from the first quality WiFi to the target network element with better quality, thereby improving the user experience.
优选地, 在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 第一网络设备接收第三信息, 第 三信息用于反映第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 第一网络设备根据第三信息, 确定要将 第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上, 确定的方法可以采用方式一中确定第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的方法; 然后, 第一网络设备通过信令的方式通知第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP 上。  Preferably, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the first network device receives the third information, where the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; the first network device determines, according to the third information, The method for determining that the first UE is to be connected to the first WiFi AP is determined by using the first method, and then the first network device notifying the first UE by using signaling manner. Switch to the second WiFi AP.
可选地, 如果第一网络设备确定该第一 UE可以切换到的网元为多个目标网元, 可 以将这多个目标网元的信息均发送给第一 UE, 然后, 第一 UE从这多个目标网元中选取 一个或多个进行接入。 在本实施例中, 第一网络设备为第一 UE选择多个目标网元, 由 第一 UE决定切换到哪个目标网元, 增强了切换的灵活性。  Optionally, if the first network device determines that the network element that the first UE can switch to is multiple target network elements, the information of the multiple target network elements may be sent to the first UE, and then, the first UE One or more of the plurality of target network elements are selected for access. In this embodiment, the first network device selects multiple target network elements for the first UE, and the first UE determines which target network element to switch to, which enhances the flexibility of handover.
优选地, 上述目标网元的信息包括目标网元的标识。  Preferably, the information of the target network element includes an identifier of the target network element.
可选地, 在目标网元的信息包括目标网元的标识的情况下, 上述目标网元的信息还 可以包括目标网元的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入该目标网元所需的系统信息, 第一网络 设备可以将目标网元的认证信息和 /或该第一 UE接入该目标网元所需的系统信息发送给 第一 UE, 第一 UE根据这些信息可以方便快速的切换到目标网元上, 从而提高了切换的 速度, 增强了用户体验。  Optionally, the information of the target network element may further include the authentication information of the target network element and/or the required information that the first UE needs to access the target network element, where the information of the target network element includes the identifier of the target network element. System information, the first network device may send the authentication information of the target network element and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the target network element to the first UE, and the first UE may conveniently and quickly switch according to the information. Go to the target network element, which improves the speed of switching and enhances the user experience.
通过上述方式,第一网络设备根据第一 WiFi AP上报的反映第一 WiFi AP无线信道状 况的第一信息, 确定是否允许第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP或允许断开第一 UE和第一 WiFi AP之间的连接, 并发送相应的信息给第一 UE, 以便进行接入或断开连接, 实现了第一 UE在第一网络设备的控制下, 根据当前网元的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 进行切换或负载均衡, 从而提高用户的体验。  In the above manner, the first network device determines, according to the first information reported by the first WiFi AP that reflects the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP, whether to allow the first UE to access the first WiFi AP or allow the first UE to be disconnected and the first The connection between the WiFi APs and the corresponding information is sent to the first UE for accessing or disconnecting, and the first UE is controlled by the first network device according to the quality information of the channel of the current network element. / or channel load information, switching or load balancing, thereby improving the user experience.
在本发明实施例中, 信道繁忙概率可以为 WiFi AP或者第一 UE检测到的信道繁忙时 间与总检测时间的比值; 活跃节点数目可以为 WiFi AP或者第一 UE接收到的数据帧发送 站点的个数, 该站点包括 WiFi AP和用户设备; 传输失败概率可以为 WiFi AP或者第一 UE传输媒体接入控制 (Media Access Control, 简称为 MAC) 层数据帧失败的次数与总 传输次数的比值。 在一个实施例中, 提供了一种接入控制方法, 该方法可以用于用户设备接入到 WiFi AP中, 该方法中的用户设备可以是第一 UE, WiFi AP可以是第一 WiFi AP。 如图 5所示, 该方法包括: In the embodiment of the present invention, the channel busy probability may be a ratio of the channel busy time detected by the WiFi AP or the first UE to the total detection time; the number of active nodes may be a WiFi AP or a data frame received by the first UE. Number, the site includes WiFi AP and user equipment; transmission failure probability can be WiFi AP or first The ratio of the number of failed data frames of the Media Access Control (MAC) layer to the total number of transmissions. In an embodiment, an access control method is provided. The method may be used for a user equipment to access a WiFi AP. The user equipment in the method may be a first UE, and the WiFi AP may be a first WiFi AP. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
步骤 501, WiFi AP以周期 T1测量一段时间区域 II内的以下信息至少之一: 信道繁忙 概率 CBP、 活跃节点数目 ASN、 和传输失败概率 TFP, 区域 II是 WiFi AP的检测范围。  Step 501: The WiFi AP measures at least one of the following information in the area II for a period of time T1: the channel busy probability CBP, the number of active nodes ASN, and the transmission failure probability TFP, and the area II is the detection range of the WiFi AP.
用户设备在启动 WiFi模块之后以周期 T2测量一段时间区域 12内的信道繁忙概率 CBP、 和 /或活跃节点数目 ASN, 区域 12是用户设备的检测范围。  The user equipment measures the channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN in the area 12 for a period of time after the WiFi module is activated, and the area 12 is the detection range of the user equipment.
在测量活跃节点数目时, WiFi AP可以分别测量属于运营商网络的节点的数目和不 属于运营商网络的节点的数目。  When measuring the number of active nodes, the WiFi AP can separately measure the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
在本发明实施例中, 信道繁忙概率为 WiFi AP或者用户设备在各自的检测范围内检 测到的信道繁忙时间与总检测时间的比值; 活跃节点数目为 WiFi AP或者用户设备在各 自的检测范围内在一段时间内检测到发送数据的站点的个数, 该站点包括 WiFi AP和用 户设备; 传输失败概率为 WiFi AP或者用户设备传输 MAC层数据帧失败的次数与总传输 次数的比值。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the channel busy probability is a ratio of the channel busy time detected by the WiFi AP or the user equipment in the respective detection ranges to the total detection time; the number of active nodes is the WiFi AP or the user equipment is within the respective detection range. The number of stations that send data is detected within a period of time. The station includes the WiFi AP and the user equipment. The transmission failure probability is the ratio of the number of failures of the WiFi AP or the user equipment to transmit the MAC layer data frame to the total number of transmissions.
步骤 502, WiFi AP以周期 T3向第一网络设备上报测量得到的信息, SP, 上报以下信 息至少之一: 信道繁忙概率 CBP、 活跃节点数目 ASN、 和传输失败概率 TFP。 其中, T1 和 T3可以相同, 也可以不同。  Step 502: The WiFi AP reports the measured information to the first network device by using the period T3, and the SP reports at least one of the following information: a channel busy probability CBP, an active node number ASN, and a transmission failure probability TFP. Among them, T1 and T3 may be the same or different.
用户设备以周期 T4向第一网络设备上报测量得到的信道繁忙概率 CBP、和 /或活跃节 点数目 ASN。 其中, T2和 T4可以相同, 也可以不同。  The user equipment reports the measured channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN to the first network device in a period T4. Among them, T2 and T4 may be the same or different.
在报告活跃节点数目时, WiFi AP可以分别上报属于运营商网络的节点数目和不属 于运营商网络的节点数目。  When reporting the number of active nodes, the WiFi AP can separately report the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
步骤 503, 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备在步骤 502中上报的信息进行接入 控制的决策, 并通过第一网络设备信令将接入控制的决策发送给用户设备, 该信令中可 以包括: 允许用户设备接入的 WiFi AP的标识。 该信令也可以同时包括允许用户设备接 入的 WiFi AP的标识、 和一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息。 在该信令 包括允许用户设备接入的 WiFi AP的标识的基础上, 该信令还可以包括: 一个或者多个 允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息、 和是否允许用户设备接入 WiFi网络的标志。 优选地, 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备的上报进行接入控制的决策可以通 过以下方式实现:第一网络设备判断 WiFi AP和用户设备在步骤 502中上报的信息中的预 定的一个或多个信息是否满足各自的接入条件, 例如, 大于或小于各信息所属类型的阈 值, 如果是, 则允许用户设备接入。例如, 将接入条件设置为包括以下至少之一: WiFi API上报的 CBP小于阈值 Ll、 WiFi API上报的 ASN小于阈值 L2、 WiFi API上报的 TFP小 于阈值 L3、 用户设备 A上报的 CBP小于阈值 L4、 和用户设备 A上报的 ASN小于阈值 L5, 如果满足接入条件, 则第一网络设备允许用户设备 A接入 WiFi APl。 优选地, 该接入条 件包括: \\^1八?1上报的。8?小于阈值!^1、 \\^1八?1上报的八31^小于阈值!^2、 WiFi API 上报的 TFP小于阈值 L3、 用户设备 A上报的 CBP小于阈值 L4、 和用户设备 A上报的 ASN 小于阈值 L5。 Step 503: The first network device performs an access control decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 502, and sends an access control decision to the user equipment by using the first network device signaling, where the signaling is The method may include: an identifier of a WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access. The signaling may also include information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access, and one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access. The signaling may further include: one or more information of a WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access, and whether the user equipment is allowed to access the WiFi network, on the basis of the identifier of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access. symbols of. Preferably, the determining, by the first network device, the access control according to the reporting of the WiFi AP and the user equipment may be implemented by: determining, by the first network device, a predetermined one of the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 502 or Whether the multiple information satisfies the respective access conditions, for example, a threshold greater or smaller than the type of each information, and if so, allows the user equipment to access. For example, the access condition is set to include at least one of the following: the CBP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L1, the ASN reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L2, the TFP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L3, and the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold L4. The ASN reported by the user equipment A is smaller than the threshold L5. If the access condition is met, the first network device allows the user equipment A to access the WiFi AP1. Preferably, the access conditions include: \\^1 eight? 1 reported. 8? Less than the threshold! ^1, \\^1 eight? 1 reported that the singular value is less than the threshold value! ^2, the TFP reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold value L3, the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold value L4, and the ASN reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold value L5.
一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息可包含: 允许用户设备接入的 WiFi AP的标识。  The information of one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access may include: an identifier of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to access.
优选地, 在一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息包含: 允许用户设备 接入的 WiFi AP的标识的基础上, 上述一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信 息还包括: 用户设备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息和 /或 WiFi AP的认证信息。  Preferably, the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access includes: the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access, based on the information of the WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access. The method includes: system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP and/or authentication information of the WiFi AP.
其中, 用户设备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息可以是以下至少之一:  The system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP may be at least one of the following:
WiFi AP支持的协议信息, 如 802.11a/b/g/n/ac等;  Protocol information supported by the WiFi AP, such as 802.11a/b/g/n/ac;
WiFi网络工作的信道号, 如 1-13等;  The channel number of the WiFi network, such as 1-13;
802.1 la/b/g/n/ac 信标 (Beacon) 帧中的信息, 如 BSS ID/AP MAC Address (Basic Service Set Identifier/ AP MAC Address, 基本服务集标识符 / AP MAC地址) 、 高吞吐量 控制信息(HT Control)、 时间戳(Timestamp) 、 Beacon帧发送间隔(Beacon interval) 、 能力信息 (Capability info) 、 服务集标识符 (Service Set Identifier, 简称为 SS ID) 、 跳 频参数集 ( Frequency-hopping Parameter Set, FH Parameter Set) 、 直接序列参数集 (Direct-Sequence Parameter Set, DS Parameter Set) 、 数据待传信息 (TIM) 等。  802.1 la/b/g/n/ac Beacon The information in the frame, such as BSS ID/AP MAC Address (Basic Service Set Identifier/AP MAC Address), high throughput HT Control, Timestamp, Beacon Interval, Capability info, Service Set Identifier (SS ID), Frequency Hopping Parameter Set ( Frequency-hopping Parameter Set, FH Parameter Set), Direct-Sequence Parameter Set (DS Parameter Set), Data Waiting Information (TIM), etc.
优选地,第一网络设备发送的用户接入控制的上述信令包含上面列出的 WiFi网络的 全部信息。  Preferably, the above signaling of the user access control sent by the first network device includes all the information of the WiFi network listed above.
优选地, 为了减少用户设备接入 WiFi网络的延时, 第一网络设备可以通过信令提前 将用户设备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息和 /或 WiFi AP的认证信息发送给用户设备。  Preferably, in order to reduce the delay of the user equipment accessing the WiFi network, the first network device may send the system information required by the user equipment to the WiFi AP and/or the authentication information of the WiFi AP to the user equipment in advance by signaling.
步骤 504, 用户设备接收来自第一网络设备的接入控制决策的信令, 保存接收到的 一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息, 准备接入 WiFi网络。 在本发明实施例中, WiFi AP周期性地测量并向第一网络设备上报 CBP、和 /或 ASN、 和 /或 TFP信息。用户设备在接入 WiFi网络前测量并向第一网络设备上报 CBP、和 /或 ASN。 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备上报的这些信息进行接入控制决策, 从而能够避 免用户设备接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体验。 在另一个实施例中, 还提供了一种负载均衡控制的方法, 该方法可以用于用户设备 已接入到 WiFi网络的情况下,该方法中,用户设备可以是第一 UE,第一 UE已接入的 WiFi AP可以是第一 WiFi AP。 如图 6所示, 该方法包括: Step 504: The user equipment receives the signaling of the access control decision from the first network device, and saves the received information of one or more WiFi networks that are allowed to access by the user equipment, and prepares to access the WiFi network. In the embodiment of the present invention, the WiFi AP periodically measures and reports CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP information to the first network device. The user equipment measures and reports the CBP, and/or ASN to the first network device before accessing the WiFi network. The first network device performs an access control decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment, so that the user equipment can be prevented from accessing the WiFi network with excessive load or poor channel quality, thereby improving the user experience. In another embodiment, a method for load balancing control is also provided. The method may be used in the case that the user equipment is connected to the WiFi network. In this method, the user equipment may be the first UE, the first UE. The accessed WiFi AP may be the first WiFi AP. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
步骤 601, WiFi AP以周期 T1测量一段时间内的以下信息至少之一: 区域 II内的信道 繁忙概率 CBP、区域 II内的活跃节点数目 ASN、区域 II内的传输失败概率 TFP、和 WiFi AP 与该用户设备通信的信号质量。  Step 601: The WiFi AP measures at least one of the following information in a period of time T1: a channel busy probability CBP in the area II, an active node number ASN in the area II, a transmission failure probability TFP in the area II, and a WiFi AP and The signal quality of the user equipment communication.
用户设备在接入某个 WiFi网络之后以周期 T2测量一段时间内的以下信息至少之一: 区域 12内的信道繁忙概率 CBP、 区域 12内的活跃节点数目 ASN、 区域 12内的传输失败概 率 TFP、 和该用户设备与 WiFi AP通信的信号质量。  After accessing a WiFi network, the user equipment measures at least one of the following information in a period of time T2: a channel busy probability CBP in the area 12, an active node number ASN in the area 12, and a transmission failure probability TFP in the area 12 And the signal quality of the user equipment communicating with the WiFi AP.
在测量活跃节点数目时, WiFi AP可以分别测量属于运营商网络的节点数目和不属 于运营商网络的节点数目。  When measuring the number of active nodes, the WiFi AP can separately measure the number of nodes belonging to the operator network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
步骤 602, WiFi AP以周期 T3向第一网络设备上报测量得到的信息, 其中, 上报的信 息可以包括以下至少之一:信道繁忙概率 CBP、活跃节点数目 ASN、和传输失败概率 TFP。 其中, T1和 T3可以相同, 也可以不同。  Step 602: The WiFi AP reports the measured information to the first network device by using the period T3. The reported information may include at least one of the following: a channel busy probability CBP, an active node number ASN, and a transmission failure probability TFP. Among them, T1 and T3 may be the same or different.
用户设备以周期 T4向第一网络设备上报测量得到的信道繁忙概率 CBP、和 /或活跃节 点数目 ASN、 和 /或传输失败概率 TFP。 其中, T2和 T4可以相同, 也可以不同。  The user equipment reports the measured channel busy probability CBP, and/or the number of active nodes ASN, and/or the transmission failure probability TFP to the first network device in a period T4. Among them, T2 and T4 may be the same or different.
在报告活跃节点数目时, WiFi AP可以分别上报属于运营商网络的节点数目和不属 于运营商网络的节点数目。  When reporting the number of active nodes, the WiFi AP can separately report the number of nodes belonging to the carrier network and the number of nodes not belonging to the carrier network.
步骤 603, 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备在步骤 602中上报的信息进行负载 均衡的决策, 并通过第一网络设备发送的信令将负载均衡的决策发送给用户设备, 该信 令中可以包括: 一个或者多个允许用户设备重新接入的 WiFi网络的信息。 该信令还可以 包括: 一个或者多个允许用户设备重新接入的 WiFi网络的信息、和是否控制用户设备断 开当前 WiFi网络的标志。  Step 603: The first network device performs a load balancing decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 602, and sends a load balancing decision to the user equipment by using the signaling sent by the first network device, where the signaling is The information may include: one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to re-access. The signaling may also include: one or more information of a WiFi network that allows the user equipment to re-access, and a flag to control whether the user equipment disconnects the current WiFi network.
优选地,第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备在步骤 602中上报的信息进行负载均 衡的决策可以通过以下方式实现:第一网络设备判断 WiFi AP和用户设备在步骤 602中上 报的信息中预定的一个或多个信息是否满足预定条件, 例如, 大于或小于各信息所属类 型的阈值, 如果是, 则对该用户设备进行负载均衡, 例如, 将该用户设备切换到目标网 元, 该目标网元可以是第一网络设备, 也可以是另一个 AP。例如, 用户设备当前已接入 到 WiFi API , 将断开条件设置为包括至少之一: \\^1八?1上报的。8?大于阈值!^1、 WiFi API上报的 ASN大于阈值 L2、 WiFi API上报的 TFP大于阈值 L3、 用户设备 A上报的 CBP 大于阈值 L4、 用户设备 A上报的 ASN大于阈值 L5、 用户设备 A上报的 TFP大于阈值 L6、 WiFi API上报的与该用户设备通信的信号质量小于阈值 L12、 和用户设备上报的与该 WiFi API通信的信号质量小于阈值 L13, 如果满足断开条件, 则第一网络设备控制用户 设备断开当前 WiFi网络。优选地, 还可以将 AP2的接入条件设置为包括至少之一: AP2 上报的 CBP小于阈值 L7、 AP2上报的 ASN小于阈值 L8、 AP2上报的 TFP小于阈值 L9、 用 户设备 A上报的 CBP小于阈值 L10、 和用户设备 A上报的 ASN小于阈值 Lll, 如果满足 AP2的接入条件, 则第一网络设备允许用户设备 A接入 AP2。 Preferably, the determining, by the first network device, the load balancing according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment in step 602 can be implemented in the following manner: the first network device determines that the WiFi AP and the user equipment are in step 602. Whether the predetermined one or more information in the reported information satisfies a predetermined condition, for example, a threshold greater or smaller than the type of each information, and if so, load balancing the user equipment, for example, switching the user equipment to the target network The target network element may be the first network device or another AP. For example, the user device is currently connected to the WiFi API, and the disconnect condition is set to include at least one of: \\^1 eight? 1 reported. 8? is greater than the threshold! ^1, the ASN reported by the WiFi API is greater than the threshold L2, the TFP reported by the WiFi API is greater than the threshold L3, the CBP reported by the user equipment A is greater than the threshold L4, the ASN reported by the user equipment A is greater than the threshold L5, and the user equipment A reports The TFP is greater than the threshold L6, the signal quality of the communication with the user equipment reported by the WiFi API is less than the threshold L12, and the signal quality of the communication with the WiFi API reported by the user equipment is less than the threshold L13. If the disconnection condition is met, the first network device Control the user equipment to disconnect the current WiFi network. Preferably, the access condition of the AP2 is set to include at least one of the following: the CBP reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L7, the ASN reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L8, the TFP reported by the AP2 is less than the threshold L9, and the CBP reported by the user equipment A is less than the threshold. L10. The ASN reported by the user equipment A is smaller than the threshold L11. If the access condition of the AP2 is met, the first network device allows the user equipment A to access the AP2.
上述一个或者多个允许用户设备重新接入的 WiFi网络的信息包括:允许用户设备接 入的 WiFi AP的标识。  The information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to re-access includes the identifier of the WiFi AP that the user equipment is allowed to access.
优选地, 在一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信息包含: 允许用户设备 接入的 WiFi AP的标识的基础上, 上述一个或者多个允许用户设备接入的 WiFi网络的信 息还包括: 用户设备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息和 /或允许用户设备重新接入的 WiFi AP的认证信息。  Preferably, the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access includes: the information of the one or more WiFi networks that allow the user equipment to access, based on the information of the WiFi network that allows the user equipment to access. The method includes: system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP and/or authentication information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to re-access.
用户设备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息包括以下至少之一:  The system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP includes at least one of the following:
WiFi AP支持的协议信息, 如 802.11a/b/g/n/ac等;  Protocol information supported by the WiFi AP, such as 802.11a/b/g/n/ac;
WiFi网络工作的信道号, 如 1-13等;  The channel number of the WiFi network, such as 1-13;
802.1 la/b/g/n/ac Beacon帧中信息, 如 BSS ID/AP MAC Address HT ControK Timestamp、 Beacon interval, Capability info、 SS ID、 FH parameter Set DS parameter Set、 TIM等。  802.1 la/b/g/n/ac Beacon frame information, such as BSS ID/AP MAC Address HT ControK Timestamp, Beacon interval, Capability info, SS ID, FH parameter Set DS parameter Set, TIM, etc.
优选地, 第一网络设备发送的上述信令包含上面列出的 WiFi网络的全部信息。 优选地, 为了减少用户设备切换的延时, 第一网络设备可以通过信令提前将用户设 备接入 WiFi AP所需的系统信息和 /或允许用户设备重新接入的 WiFi AP的认证信息发送 给用户设备。  Preferably, the above signaling sent by the first network device includes all the information of the WiFi network listed above. Preferably, in order to reduce the delay of the user equipment handover, the first network device may send the system information required for the user equipment to access the WiFi AP in advance by signaling, and/or the authentication information of the WiFi AP that allows the user equipment to re-access. User equipment.
步骤 604, 用户设备接收来自第一网络设备的负载均衡决策的信令, 如果收到第一 网络设备控制断开当前 WiFi网络的标志, 则断开当前 WiFi网络; 如果收到了允许重新接 入的 WiFi网络信息, 则保存允许接入的 WiFi网络的信息, 准备接入 WiFi网络。本实施例 中的负载均衡决策包括上述实施例中的无线连接管理判决中断开与第一 WiFi AP的连 接, 也可以包括: 上述实施例中的无线连接管理判决中断开与第一 WiFi AP的连接、 和 上述实施例中的无线连接管理判决中切换到第二 WiFi AP。 Step 604: The user equipment receives the signaling of the load balancing decision from the first network device, and if the first network device controls to disconnect the current WiFi network, the current WiFi network is disconnected; if the user is allowed to reconnect The incoming WiFi network information stores the information of the WiFi network that is allowed to access, and is ready to access the WiFi network. The load balancing decision in this embodiment includes the disconnection from the first WiFi AP in the wireless connection management decision in the foregoing embodiment, and may include: disconnecting from the first WiFi AP in the wireless connection management decision in the foregoing embodiment. The connection, and the wireless connection management decision in the above embodiment are switched to the second WiFi AP.
在本发明实施例中, WiFi AP周期性地测量并向第一网络设备上报 CBP、和 /或 ASN、 和 /或 TFP信息, 用户设备在接入 WiFi网络后周期性测量并向第一网络设备上报 CBP、 和 /或 ASN、 和 /或 TFP。 第一网络设备根据 WiFi AP和用户设备上报的这些信息进行负载均 衡决策, 从而能够避免用户设备接入到超负载或信道质量不好的 WiFi网络, 提高用户体 验。 本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备, 该网络设备可以作为上述方法实施例中的第 一网络设备使用,即,上述方法实施例中的第一网络设备的特征可以应用到本实施例中。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the WiFi AP periodically measures and reports CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP information to the first network device, and the user equipment periodically measures and transmits to the first network device after accessing the WiFi network. Report CBP, and/or ASN, and/or TFP. The first network device performs load balancing decision according to the information reported by the WiFi AP and the user equipment, thereby preventing the user equipment from accessing the WiFi network with overload or poor channel quality, and improving the user experience. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, which may be used as the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment. .
图 7是根据本发明实施例的一种网络设备的结构框图,如图 7所示,该网络设备包括: 接收单元 72、 判决单元 74和发送单元 76, 其中, 接收单元 72用于接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线信道状况; 判决单元 74连接至接 收单元 72, 用于根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管 理判决, 得到无线连接管理判决的结果; 发送单元 76连接至判决单元 74, 用于将无线连 接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。  FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the network device includes: a receiving unit 72, a determining unit 74, and a sending unit 76, where the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first The first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP. The determining unit 74 is connected to the receiving unit 72, and configured to perform, according to the first information, the UE and the first user equipment. The wireless connection management decision of the WiFi AP is obtained as a result of the wireless connection management decision. The sending unit 76 is connected to the determining unit 74, and is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE by means of signaling.
优选地, 接收单元 72用于在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信 息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 判决单元 74用于判断接收的信 息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到 第一 WiFi APo  Preferably, the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the first UE, if the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP. The second information is reported, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine that the wireless connection management decision result is: Connecting the first UE to the first WiFi APo
在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收的信息和判决方式可以包括: 第一信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信 息包括: 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 判决单元 74用于判断接收的信息是否满足接 入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或  In the case that the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, the received information and the manner of the decision may include: the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and second The information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE, the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets the access condition, and if yes, determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以 下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 判 决单元 74用于判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的 结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP, 包括: 接入网设备判断接收的信息是否小于各 自的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi 优选地, 接收单元 72用于在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息,或者,接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 判决单元 74用于判断接收的信息是 否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE and a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies an access condition, and if yes, determine a wireless connection management decision. The result is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP, the method includes: determining, by the access network device, whether the received information is smaller than a respective access threshold, and if yes, determining that the wireless connection management decision is: Preferably, the receiving unit 72 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi AP report, if the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP. The first information and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first UE; the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine the wireless connection. The result of the management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收的信息和判决方式可以包括: 第一信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信 息包括: 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 判决单元 74用于判断接 收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE 与第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或  In the case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, the received information and the manner of the decision may include: the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and second The information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, and the determining unit 74 is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: a UE connection to the first WiFi AP; or
第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点 数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定 条件为小于第一预定阈值。  The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, a number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and a WiFi AP communicating with the first UE. The second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; The obtained transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the predetermined number of active nodes measured by the first UE The conditions are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
可选地, 判决单元 74用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 目标网元包括: 网络设备或第 二 WiFi AP。  Optionally, the determining unit 74 is configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, determine that the first UE is switched to the target network element, where the target network element includes: Network device or second WiFi AP.
优选地, 接收单元 72还用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第三信息, 第三信息用于反映第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 判决单元 74用于根据第三信息, 确定 要将第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上;发送单元 76用于通过信令的方式通知第一 UE切换到 第二 WiFi AP上。 图 8是根据本发明是实施例的一种网络设备的优选的结构框图, 如图 8所示, 该网络 设备还包括: 获取单元 78, 其中, 获取单元 78连接至判决单元 74, 用于在判决单元 74确 定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取第一 WiFi AP 的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 发送单元 76连接至获取单 元,用于向第一 UE发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系 统信息。 Preferably, the receiving unit 72 is further configured to: when the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, receive third information, where the third information is used to reflect a wireless channel condition of the second WiFi AP; and the determining unit 74 is configured to use the third The information is determined to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP. The sending unit 76 is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling. FIG. 8 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the network device further includes: an obtaining unit 78, where the obtaining unit 78 is connected to the determining unit 74, for The determining unit 74 determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, acquiring the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP The sending unit 76 is connected to the obtaining unit, and is configured to send the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first UE.
可选地, 获取单元 78用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在判决单元 74确 定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 获取第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第 二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 发送单元 76连接至获取单元, 用于向第一 UE发送第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 本发明实施例还提供了一种 WiFi AP,该 WiFi AP可以作为上述方法实施例中的第一 WiFi AP使用, δΡ, 上述方法实施例中的第一 WiFi AP的特征可以应用到本实施例中。  Optionally, the obtaining unit 78 is configured to obtain the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or after the determining unit 74 determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes the second WiFi AP. The system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP; the sending unit 76 is connected to the acquiring unit, configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP to the first UE, and/or the first UE accesses the second WiFi AP System information required. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a WiFi AP, and the WiFi AP can be used as the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment, and the feature of the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment can be applied to the embodiment. .
图 9是根据本发明实施例的一种 WiFi AP的结构框图, 如图 9所示, 该 WiFi AP包括: 检测单元 92和发送单元 94, 其中, 检测单元 92用于检测 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 发送 单元 94连接至检测单元 92, 用于向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信 息, 其中, 第一信息用于反映 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于第一网络设备根据第一 信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将无线连接管理判 决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 UE。  FIG. 9 is a structural block diagram of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9, the WiFi AP includes: a detecting unit 92 and a sending unit 94, where the detecting unit 92 is configured to detect a wireless channel status of the WiFi AP. The sending unit 94 is connected to the detecting unit 92, and configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device is configured according to the first network device. The first information is used to perform a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
图 10是根据本发明实施例的一种 WiFi AP的优选的结构框图, 如图 10所示, 该 WiFi FIG. 10 is a block diagram of a preferred structure of a WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, the WiFi is shown in FIG.
AP还包括: 接收单元 96, 用于在第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足接入条件 的情况下, 在发送单元 94向第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一 消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接。 The AP further includes: a receiving unit 96, configured to: after the first UE prepares to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after the sending unit 94 sends the first information to the first network device, the receiving The first message of the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE.
优选地, 接收单元 96用于在第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足接入条件 的情况下, 在向第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一 消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接, 其中, 第一信息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的 质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 或  Preferably, the receiving unit 96 is configured to: after the first UE prepares to access the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the access condition, after receiving the first information to the first network device, receive the first UE a message, the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE, where the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; or
第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到 的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概 率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件 分别为小于各自的接入阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and an active node number measured by the WiFi AP; The rate, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the access conditions of the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
可选地, 检测单元 92用于在第一 UE已接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足预定条件的 情况下,在发送单元 94向第一网络设备发送第一信息之后,检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接。  Optionally, the detecting unit 92 is configured to: after the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit 94 sends the first information to the first network device, detecting the first The UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
在第一 UE已接入上述 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收的信息的内容包括:  In the case that the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, the content of the received information includes:
第一信息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 检测单元用 于在第一信息满足预定条件的情况下, 在发送单元 76向第一网络设备发送第一信息之 后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接; 或  The first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the detecting unit is configured to: after the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the sending unit 76 sends the first information to the first network device , detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or
第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到 的信道繁忙概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号 质量; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值, WiFi AP与第一 UE通 信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。  The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, a channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; The predetermined conditions of the measured transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is Less than the first predetermined threshold.
优选地,发送单元 94用于向第一网络设备发送 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 Preferably, the sending unit 94 is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the first UE access to the first network device.
WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 本发明实施例还提供了一种 UE, 该 UE可以作为上述方法实施例中的第一 UE使用, 即, 上述方法实施例中的第一 UE的特征可以应用到本实施例中。 System information required by the WiFi AP. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a UE, which may be used as the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment.
图 11是根据本发明实施例的一种 UE的结构框图, 如图 11所示, 该 UE包括: 接收单 元 1102和管理单元 1104, 其中, 接收单元 1102用于接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网 络设备发送的无线连接管理判决的结果, 其中, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设 备根据第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到 的, 第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 管理单元 1104连接至接收单元 1102, 用于根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接。  FIG. 11 is a structural block diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 11, the UE includes: a receiving unit 1102 and a management unit 1104, where the receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive a first component that is a component of a cellular network. a result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the network device, where the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device obtains a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information, The first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; the management unit 1104 is connected to the receiving unit 1102, and is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
优选地, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自第一 WiFi AP 的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或 者是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自 UE的第二信息和来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进 行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 第二信息 用于反映 UE的无线信道状况。 优选地,在 UE准备接入到第一WiFi AP的情况下,如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 管理单元 1104用于控制 UE 接入到第一 WiFi AP。 Preferably, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP, or The first network device obtains, according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE. Preferably, if the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; The UE is controlled to access the first WiFi AP.
可选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁 忙概率和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入 阈值。  Optionally, the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE, if the received information meets the access condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a busy channel measured by the first WiFi AP Probability, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the UE and a number of active nodes measured by the UE; a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, The channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds. .
优选地, 在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 管理单元 1104用于控制 UE 断开与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  Preferably, in a case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the management unit 1104 is configured to: The UE is controlled to disconnect from the first WiFi AP.
优选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节 点数目、和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的 信道繁忙概率、 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数 目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。  Preferably, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel, which is received by the UE. In the case of entering the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by a WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communication; the second information includes at least one of the following : the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first The number of active nodes measured by a WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE The predetermined conditions are greater than the respective predetermined threshold value; predetermined signal quality condition WiFi AP communicating with the UE is smaller than a first predetermined threshold value.
优选地,接收单元 1102用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为:断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 接收来自第一网络设备的指示 UE切换到目标网元的指令, 目标网 元包括: 第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; 管理单元 1104用于控制 UE切换到目标网元。  Preferably, the receiving unit 1102 is configured to: when the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, receiving an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target The network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the management unit 1104 is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
可选地, 接收单元 1102用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收来自第一网络设备的接入信息, 接入信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP 的认证信息和 /或 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 管理单元 1104用于控制 UE使用 接入信息接入到第一 WiFi AP。 Optionally, the receiving unit 1102 is configured to: determine that the wireless connection management decision is: In the case of the WiFi AP, the access information is received from the first network device, and the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP; The UE is controlled to access the first WiFi AP by using the access information.
可选地, 接收单元 1102用于在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设 备确定将 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 接收来自第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 切换 信息包括第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 管理 单元 1104用于控制 UE使用切换信息从第一 WiFi切换到第二 WiFi AP。  Optionally, the receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive, after the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element, the handover information from the first network device, where the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, where The switching information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP. The management unit 1104 is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP by using the handover information.
本发明实施例还提供了一种网络设备, 该网络设备可以作为上述方法实施例中的第 一网络设备使用,即,上述方法实施例中的第一网络设备的特征可以应用到本实施例中。 The embodiment of the present invention further provides a network device, which may be used as the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment. .
图 12是根据本发明实施例的另一种网络设备的结构框图, 如图 12所示, 该网络设备 包括: 收发器 1202和处理器 1204, 其中, 收发器 1202用于接收第一信息, 其中, 第一信 息用于反映第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线信道状况; 处理器 1204用于根据第一信 息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无线连接管理 判决的结果; 收发器 1202用于将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给第一 优选地, 在第一 UE准备接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器 1202用于接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信 息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 处理器 1204用于通过以下方式 实现根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得 到无线连接管理判决的结果: 判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, the network device includes: a transceiver 1202 and a processor 1204, where the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive first information, where The first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP. The processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP. Obtaining a result of the wireless connection management decision; the transceiver 1202 is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first preferred manner by means of signaling, and send and receive when the first UE prepares to access the first WiFi AP. The device 1202 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel of the first UE. The processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, a wireless connection management decision for the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP, where The result of the wireless connection management decision is: determining whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
可选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 处理器 1204用于判断接收的信息是否 满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息 包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数 目, 处理器 1204用于通过以下方式实现判断接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则 确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP: 判断接收的信息是否 小于各自的接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到 第一 WiFi APo Optionally, the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE, where the processor 1204 is configured to determine the received information. Whether the information meets the access condition, and if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: the first WiFi AP measured The probability of transmission failure, the probability of channel busy obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the first UE measurement The obtained number of active nodes is used by the processor 1204 to determine whether the received information satisfies the access condition. If yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP: Determine whether the received information is Less than the respective access threshold, if yes, the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi APo
优选地, 在第一 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器 1202用于接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息,或者,接收第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 第二信息用于反映第一 UE的无线信道状况; 处理器 1204用于通过以下方式实现 根据第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到无 线连接管理判决的结果: 判断接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接 管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  Preferably, in a case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information and the first information reported by the first WiFi AP. The second information reported by the UE, where the second information is used to reflect the radio channel status of the first UE. The processor 1204 is configured to perform, according to the first information, the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the following manner. The wireless connection management decision is obtained as a result of the wireless connection management decision: determining whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if yes, determining the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
可选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: 第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 处理器 1204用于 判断接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开 第一 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活 跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE 通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道 繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与 第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。  Optionally, the first information includes: quality information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the first UE and/or load information of the channel, and processing The device 1204 is configured to determine whether the received information meets a predetermined condition, and if yes, determine that the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: The probability of transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the second information includes the following At least one of: a channel busy probability measured by the first UE, a number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; a transmission failure probability of the first WiFi AP measurement, the first WiFi The channel busy probability measured by the AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the busy channel measured by the first UE The probability, and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
优选地, 处理器 1204还用于在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开第一 UE与第 一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 目标网元包括: 网络设备或 第二 WiFi APo  Preferably, the processor 1204 is further configured to: after disconnecting the connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP, determine to switch the first UE to the target network element, where the target network element includes: Network device or second WiFi APo
优选地, 在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器 1202用于接收第三信息, 第三信息用于反映第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 处理器 1204用于根据第三信息, 确定 要将第一 UE切换到第二 WiFi AP上;收发器 1202用于通过信令的方式通知第一 UE切换到 第二 WiFi AP上。  Preferably, in a case where the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, the transceiver 1202 is configured to receive the third information, where the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the second WiFi AP; and the processor 1204 is configured to use the third information according to the third information. And determining that the first UE is to be switched to the second WiFi AP; the transceiver 1202 is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP by means of signaling.
优选地, 处理器 1204用于: 在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将第一 UE接入到 第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的 系统信息; 收发器 1202用于向第一 UE发送第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入第 一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 可选地, 处理器 1204用于: 在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在网络设备确 定将第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 获取第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第 二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 收发器 1202用于向第一 UE发送第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 / 或第一 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 本发明实施例还提供了一种 WiFi AP,该 WiFi AP可以作为上述方法实施例中的第一 WiFi AP使用, δΡ, 上述方法实施例中的第一 WiFi AP的特征可以应用到本实施例中。 Preferably, the processor 1204 is configured to: after determining that the wireless connection management decision is: after the first UE is accessed to the first WiFi AP, obtain the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE accesses the first The system information required by the WiFi AP is used by the transceiver 1202 to send the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first UE. Optionally, the processor 1204 is configured to: after the network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element, if the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, obtain the authentication information of the second WiFi AP, and/or The second UE accesses the system information required by the second WiFi AP. The transceiver 1202 is configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP to the first UE. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a WiFi AP, and the WiFi AP can be used as the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment, and the feature of the first WiFi AP in the foregoing method embodiment can be applied to the embodiment. .
图 13是根据本发明实施例的另一种 WiFi AP的结构框图, 如图 13所示, 该 WiFi AP 包括: 收发器 1302和处理器 1304, 其中, 处理器 1304用于检测 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 收发器 1302用于向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息, 其中, 第一信 息用于反映 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于第一网络设备根据第一信息, 进行针对第 一用户设备 UE与 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信 令的方式发送给第一 UE。  FIG. 13 is a structural block diagram of another WiFi AP according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the WiFi AP includes: a transceiver 1302 and a processor 1304, where the processor 1304 is configured to detect a wireless channel of the WiFi AP. The transceiver 1302 is configured to send the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device performs the first information according to the first information. The wireless connection management decision of the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP is performed, and the result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE by means of signaling.
优选地, 在第一 UE准备接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足接入条件的情况下, 收发 器 1302用于在向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后,接收来自第 一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接。  Preferably, in a case that the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP, and the first information satisfies the access condition, the transceiver 1302 is configured to receive after transmitting the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network. The first message from the first UE, the first message is used to establish a connection of the WiFi AP with the first UE.
优选地, 第一信息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 如 果第一信息满足接入条件, 则收发器 1302用于在向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设 备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自第一 UE的第一消息, 第一消息用于建立 WiFi AP与第一 UE的连接; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; WiFi AP测量得到 的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。  Preferably, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel; if the first information satisfies an access condition, the transceiver 1302 is configured to be in a first network that is a component of the cellular network. After receiving the first information, the device receives the first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure of the WiFi AP measurement Probability, channel busy probability obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP; transmission failure probability measured by WiFi AP, channel busy probability obtained by WiFi AP measurement, and number of active nodes measured by WiFi AP The entry conditions are respectively less than the respective access thresholds.
优选地, 处理器 1304用于在第一 UE已接入到 WiFi AP, 且第一信息满足预定条件的 情况下, 在收发器 1302向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检 测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接。  Preferably, the processor 1304 is configured to: after the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP, and the first information meets the predetermined condition, after the transceiver 1302 sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, And detecting that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
优选地, 第一信息包括: WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 如 果第一信息满足预定条件, 则处理器 1304用于在控制收发器 1302向作为蜂窝网络组成部 分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到第一 UE已断开与 WiFi AP的连接; 或, 第 一信息包括以下至少之一: WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道 繁忙概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的信号质量; WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 WiFi AP测量 得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值, WiFi AP与第一 UE通信的 信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 Preferably, the first information includes: quality information of a channel sent by the WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, and if the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, the processor 1304 is configured to control the transceiver 1302 to be a component of the cellular network. After the first network device sends the first information, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, and a channel obtained by the WiFi AP measurement. Busy probability, the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE; the probability of transmission failure measured by the WiFi AP, the channel busy probability obtained by the WiFi AP measurement, and the active node measured by the WiFi AP The predetermined condition of the number is greater than the respective predetermined thresholds, and the predetermined condition of the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
优选地,收发器 1302用于向第一网络设备发送 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第一 UE接入 Preferably, the transceiver 1302 is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the first UE access to the first network device.
WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 本发明实施例还提供了一种 UE, 该 UE可以作为上述方法实施例中的第一 UE使用, 即, 上述方法实施例中的第一 UE的特征可以应用到本实施例中。 System information required by the WiFi AP. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a UE, which may be used as the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment, that is, the feature of the first UE in the foregoing method embodiment may be applied to the embodiment.
图 14是根据本发明实施例的另一种 UE的结构框图, 如图 14所示, 该 UE包括: 收发 器 1402和处理器 1404, 其中: 收发器 1402用于接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设 备发送的无线连接管理判决的结果, 其中, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根 据第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 第 一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 处理器 1404用于根据无线连接管理判决 的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接。  FIG. 14 is a structural block diagram of another UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the UE includes: a transceiver 1402 and a processor 1404, where: the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive a component that is a component of a cellular network. a result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the network device, wherein the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the first information. The first information is used to reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP; the processor 1404 is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
优选地, 无线连接管理判决的结果是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自第一 WiFi AP 的第一信息进行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或 者是第一网络设备根据接收到的来自 UE的第二信息和来自第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进 行针对 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 第二信息 用于反映 UE的无线信道状况。  Preferably, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP according to the received first information from the first WiFi AP, or The first network device obtains, according to the received second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP, a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where The second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
优选地,在 UE准备接入到第一WiFi AP的情况下,如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP;  Preferably, if the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP;
处理器 1404用于通过以下方式实现根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 控制 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP。  The processor 1404 is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision by: controlling the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
优选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果接收到的信息满足接入条件, 则无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的信道繁 忙概率和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入 阈值。 Preferably, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE, if the received information satisfies the access condition, The result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and a channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP And the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: a channel busy probability measured by the UE and a number of active nodes measured by the UE; a transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, One The access conditions of the channel AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively smaller than the respective access thresholds.
优选地, 在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 控制器用于通过以下方式实 现根据无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 UE和第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接。  Preferably, in a case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; the controller is configured to pass the following The method implements managing the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP.
优选地,第一信息包括:第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 第二信息包括: UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在 UE已接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP; 或, 第一信息包括以下至少之一: 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的 传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节 点数目、和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第二信息包括以下至少之一: UE测量得到的 信道繁忙概率、 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和 WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量; 第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的活跃节点数目、 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和 UE测量得到的活跃节点数 目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值; WiFi AP与 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。  Preferably, the first information includes: quality information of a channel reported by the first WiFi AP and/or load information of the channel, where the second information includes: load information of the channel reported by the UE and/or load information of the channel, which is received by the UE. In the case of entering the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the UE to the first WiFi AP; or, the first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by a WiFi AP, a channel busy probability obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, an active node number obtained by the first WiFi AP measurement, and a signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE communication; the second information includes at least one of the following : the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the signal quality of the WiFi AP and the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the first The number of active nodes measured by a WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE The predetermined conditions are greater than the respective predetermined threshold value; predetermined signal quality condition WiFi AP communicating with the UE is smaller than a first predetermined threshold value.
优选地, 在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开 UE与第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况 下, 收发器 1402用于接收来自第一网络设备的指示 UE切换到目标网元的指令, 目标网 元包括: 第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; 处理器 1404用于控制 UE切换到目标网元。  Preferably, in a case where the result of determining the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive an instruction from the first network device to instruct the UE to switch to the target network element, the target The network element includes: a first network device or a second WiFi AP; and the processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
优选地, 在确定无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 UE接入到第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 收发器 1402用于接收来自第一网络设备的接入信息, 接入信息包括: 第一 WiFi AP的认 证信息和 /或 UE接入第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 处理器 1404用于控制 UE使用接入信 息接入到第一 WiFi AP。  Preferably, in the case of determining that the wireless connection management decision is: the UE is connected to the first WiFi AP, the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive the access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: The authentication information of the AP and/or the system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP. The processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP by using the access information.
优选地, 在目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在第一网络设备确定将 UE切换到 目标网元上之后, 收发器 1402用于接收来自第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 切换信息 包括第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或第二 UE接入第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 处理器 1404用于控制 UE使用切换信息从第一 WiFi切换到第二 WiFi AP。 本领域普通技术人员可以意识到, 结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元 及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。 这些功能究 竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。 专业技术 人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认 为超出本发明的范围。 Preferably, in a case that the target network element includes the second WiFi AP, after the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element, the transceiver 1402 is configured to receive handover information from the first network device, where The information includes the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP. The processor 1404 is configured to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP by using the handover information. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 上述描述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。  A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和方法, 可以 通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述单 元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单 元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一 点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置 或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的, 作为单元显示 的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个 网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的 目的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是 各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时, 可以存 储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明的技术方案本质上或者说 对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来, 该 计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以 是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等) 或处理器 (processor) 执行本发明各个实施 例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器 (ROM, Read-Only Memory) 、 随机存取存储器 (RAM, Random Access Memory) 、 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。  The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此, 任何 熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想到的变化或替换, 都 应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内, 因此本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为 准。 The above is only the specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any change or replacement that can be easily conceived by those skilled in the art within the technical scope of the present invention is All The scope of protection of the present invention should be construed as the scope of protection of the present invention.

Claims

权利要求 Rights request
1、 一种无线连接管理的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A method of wireless connection management, characterized by including:
作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信息用于反 映第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线信道状况; The first network device as a component of the cellular network receives the first information, wherein the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP;
所述第一网络设备根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到所述无线连接管理判决的结果; The first network device performs a wireless connection management decision on the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP based on the first information, and obtains the result of the wireless connection management decision;
所述第一网络设备将所述无线连接管理判决的结果,通过信令的方式发送给所述第 一 UE。 The first network device sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE through signaling.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein when the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP,
作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息包括: 所述第一网络设备接收 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的所述第一信息,或接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的所述第一信息和 所述第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映所述第一 UE的无线信道状 况; Receiving the first information by the first network device as a component of the cellular network includes: the first network device receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receiving the third information reported by the first WiFi AP. One information and second information reported by the first UE, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE;
所述第一网络设备根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 包括: 所述第一网络设备 判断所述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果 为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The first network device performs a wireless connection management decision on the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP based on the first information, and obtains the result of the wireless connection management decision, including: the first network The device determines whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 3. The method according to claim 2, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 所述第一网络设备判断 所述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information reported by the first UE, the first The network device determines whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determines the result of the wireless connection management decision to: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述第 一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 所述第一网络设备判断所述接收的信息是否满足接入 条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第 一 WiFi AP, 包括: 所述接入网设备判断所述接收的信息是否小于各自的接入阈值, 如 果是,则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为:将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP ; The second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the first network device determines whether the received information satisfies Access condition, if yes, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: access the first UE to the third A WiFi AP, including: the access network device determines whether the received information is less than their respective access thresholds, and if so, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to The first WiFi AP.
4、根据权利要求 1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 4. The method according to claim 1, wherein when the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP,
作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备接收第一信息包括: 所述第一网络设备接收 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和所述 第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映所述第一 UE的无线信道状况; 所述第一网络设备根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 包括: 所述第一网络设备 判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果 为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The first network device as a component of the cellular network receiving the first information includes: the first network device receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or, receiving the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and The second information reported by the first UE, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE; and the first network device performs targeted operations on the first user equipment based on the first information. The wireless connection management decision between the UE and the first WiFi AP to obtain the result of the wireless connection management decision includes: the first network device determines whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determines the The result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
5、 根据权利要求 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 5. The method according to claim 4, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 所 述第一网络设备判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接 管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the first UE. load information, the first network device determines whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP Connect; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件 分别为大于各自的预定阈值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, the number of active nodes measured by the first UE , and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the first WiFi AP measurement The predetermined conditions for the obtained number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds; the WiFi AP and the first The predetermined condition for signal quality of UE communication is less than the first predetermined threshold.
6、 根据权利要求 4或 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在确定所述无线连接管理判决的 结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 所述方法还包括: 6. The method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that, after determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP, the method Also includes:
所述第一网络设备确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 所述目标网元包括: 所 述第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。 The first network device determines to switch the first UE to a target network element, where the target network element includes: The first network device or the second WiFi AP.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的 情况下, 7. The method according to claim 6, characterized in that, when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP,
所述第一网络设备接收第三信息, 所述第三信息用于反映所述第二 WiFi AP的无线 信道状况; The first network device receives third information, and the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the second WiFi AP;
所述第一网络设备确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上包括: 所述第一网络设备 根据所述第三信息, 确定要将所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP上; The first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element including: the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP based on the third information. superior;
所述第一网络设备通过信令的方式通知所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP上。 The first network device notifies the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP through signaling.
8、 根据权利要求 2或 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在确定所述无线连接管理判决的 结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP之后, 所述方法还包括: 8. The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, after determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the first WiFi AP, the method further include:
所述第一网络设备获取所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第 一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The first network device obtains authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP;
所述第一网络设备向所述第一 UE发送所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 The first network device sends the authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first
UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 System information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
9、 根据权利要求 6或 7所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP 的情况下, 在所述第一网络设备确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 所述方法 还包括: 9. The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that, when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP, when the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network After that, the method also includes:
所述第一网络设备获取所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第 二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The first network device obtains authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
所述第一网络设备向所述第一 UE发送所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The first network device sends the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required for the first UE to access the second WiFi AP to the first UE.
10、 一种无线连接管理的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 10. A method of wireless connection management, characterized by including:
第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP检测所述第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; The first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP detects the wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP;
所述第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信息用于反映第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于所述第一网络设备根据所 述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将 所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给所述第一 UE。 The first WiFi AP sends first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, where the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP, so that the first network device can The first information is used to make a wireless connection management decision between the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP, and The result of the wireless connection management decision is sent to the first UE through signaling.
11、 根据权利要求 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述第 一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述第一信息满足接入条件, 则在所述第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂 窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 所述第一 WiFi AP接收来自所述第 一 UE的第一消息, 所述第一消息用于建立所述第一 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE的连接。 11. The method according to claim 10, wherein when the first UE is preparing to access the first WiFi AP, if the first information satisfies the access condition, then in the After the first WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, and the first message is used to establish the first network device. A WiFi AP is connected to the first UE.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 12. The method according to claim 11, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息; 如果所述第一信息满足接入条件, 则在所述第一 WiFi AP向作为蜂窝网络组成部分 的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 所述第一 WiFi AP接收来自所述第一 UE的第一消 息, 所述第一消息用于建立所述第一 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE的连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the first WiFi AP; if the first information satisfies access conditions, then the first WiFi AP transmits information to the cellular network as After the first network device of the component sends the first information, the first WiFi AP receives the first message from the first UE, and the first message is used to establish the connection between the first WiFi AP and the first UE. UE connection; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙 概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入 阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP ; The access conditions for the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are less than the respective access conditions. Enter the threshold.
13、 根据权利要求 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述第一信息满足预定条件, 则在所述第一 WiFi AP向所述第一 网络设备发送所述第一信息之后, 所述第一 WiFi AP检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所述第 一 WiFi AP的连接。 13. The method according to claim 10, characterized in that, when the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, then in the first After a WiFi AP sends the first information to the first network device, the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE has disconnected from the first WiFi AP.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 14. The method according to claim 13, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 如果所述第一信息满足预定条件, 则在所述第一 WiFi AP向所述第一网络设备发送 所述第一信息之后, 所述第一 WiFi AP检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所述第一 WiFi AP的 连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the first WiFi AP. If the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, then the first WiFi AP transmits the information to the first After the network device sends the first information, the first WiFi AP detects that the first UE has disconnected from the first WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败 概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃 节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈值, 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信 号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the transmission failure measured by the first WiFi AP The probability, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the predetermined condition of the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds, and the WiFi AP communicates with the first UE The predetermined condition of the signal quality is less than the first predetermined threshold.
15、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包括: 15. The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that the method further includes:
所述第一 WiFi AP向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述 第一 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The first WiFi AP sends authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first network device.
16、 一种无线连接管理的方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 16. A method of wireless connection management, characterized by including:
第一用户设备 UE接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理 判决的结果, 其中, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所述第一网络设备根据第一信息进 行针对所述第一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 所述第 一信息用于反映所述第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; The first user equipment UE receives the result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, wherein the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the operation of the wireless connection management decision based on the first information. Obtained from the wireless connection management decision between the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP;
所述第一 UE根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述第一 UE和所述第一 WiFi The first UE manages the first UE and the first WiFi according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
AP的无线连接。 AP wireless connection.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所 述第一网络设备根据接收到的来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对所述第一 UE 与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是所述第一网络设备 根据接收到的来自所述第一 UE的第二信息和来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针 对所述第一 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 所述 第二信息用于反映所述第一 UE的无线信道状况。 17. The method according to claim 16, characterized in that, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the first information based on the received first information from the first WiFi AP. Obtained from the wireless connection management decision between a UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, or the first network device based on the second information received from the first UE and the information from the first WiFi The first information of the AP is obtained by making a wireless connection management decision between the first UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE. .
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 18. The method according to claim 17, characterized in that,
在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足 接入条件,则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为:将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 所述第一 UE根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述第一 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi APo When the first UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: connect the first UE to Access the first WiFi AP; The first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision including: The first UE accesses the The First WiFi APo
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果所述接收到的信息 满足接入条件,则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为:将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 19. The method according to claim 18, characterized in that, The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information reported by the first UE, if the reception If the received information meets the access conditions, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述第 一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、所述第 一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分 别为小于各自的接入阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP ; The second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the The channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE The access conditions are respectively less than their respective access thresholds.
20、 根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 20. The method according to claim 17, characterized in that,
在所述第一 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预 定条件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; In the case that the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP;
所述第一 UE根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述第一 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 According to the result of the wireless connection management decision, the first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP including: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 21. The method according to claim 20, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在 所述第一 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预定条 件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件 分别为大于各自的预定阈值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the first UE. Load information, when the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: add the first The UE accesses the first WiFi AP; or the first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the The number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: The channel busy probability measured by the first UE , the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP The predetermined conditions of the channel busy probability, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than their respective Predetermined threshold; The predetermined condition for signal quality of communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE is is less than the first predetermined threshold.
22、 根据权利要求 20或 21所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在确定所述无线连接管理判决 的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 所述方法还包括: 所述第一 UE接收来自所述第一网络设备的指示所述第一 UE切换到目标网元的指 令, 所述目标网元包括: 所述第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; 22. The method according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that, when it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the first UE from the first WiFi AP, The method further includes: the first UE receiving an instruction from the first network device instructing the first UE to switch to a target network element, where the target network element includes: the first network device or the second WiFi AP;
所述第一 UE切换到所述目标网元。 The first UE switches to the target network element.
23、 根据权利要求 18或 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在确定所述无线连接管理判决 的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 所述方法还包括: 23. The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that, when it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: connecting the UE to the first WiFi AP, the method further include:
所述第一 UE接收来自所述第一网络设备的接入信息, 所述接入信息包括: 所述第 一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The first UE receives access information from the first network device. The access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the first UE accesses the first WiFi AP. Required system information;
所述第一 UE根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述第一 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 所述第一 UE使用所述接入信息接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision, including: the first UE uses the access information to access the first WiFi AP. One WiFi AP.
24、 根据权利要求 22所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP 的情况下, 在所述第一网络设备确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 所述方法 还包括: 24. The method according to claim 22, wherein when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP, the first network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element. Afterwards, the method further includes:
所述第一 UE接收来自所述第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 所述切换信息包括所 述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; 所述第一 UE根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述第一 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接包括: 所述第一 UE使用所述切换信息从所述第一 WiFi切换到所述第二 WiFi AP。 The first UE receives switching information from the first network device, where the switching information includes authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the requirements for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP. Required system information; The first UE manages the wireless connection between the first UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision including: The first UE uses the switching information to switch from the The first WiFi is switched to the second WiFi AP.
25、 一种网络设备, 所述网络设备是蜂窝网络的组成部分, 其特征在于, 包括: 接 收单元、 判决单元和发送单元, 其中, 25. A network device, which is a component of a cellular network and is characterized by including: a receiving unit, a decision unit and a sending unit, wherein,
所述接收单元用于接收第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信息用于反映第一无线保真 WiFi 接入点 AP的无线信道状况; The receiving unit is configured to receive first information, wherein the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP;
所述判决单元连接至所述接收单元, 用于根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设 备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 得到所述无线连接管理判决的结果; 所述发送单元连接至所述判决单元, 用于将所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信 令的方式发送给所述第一 UE。 The decision unit is connected to the receiving unit, and is configured to make a wireless connection management decision regarding the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP based on the first information, and obtain the result of the wireless connection management decision; The sending unit is connected to the judgment unit, and is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management judgment to the first UE in a signaling manner.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 26. The network device according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收所述 第一 WiFi AP上报的所述第一信息,或接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的所述第一信息和所述 第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映所述第一 UE的无线信道状况; 所述判决单元用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无 线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The receiving unit is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP when the first UE is preparing to access the first WiFi AP. The first information and the second information reported by the first UE, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE; the decision unit is used to judge the received information Whether the access condition is met, and if so, it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 27. The network device according to claim 26, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 所述判决单元用于判断 所述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 The first information includes: the quality information of the channel and/or the load information of the channel reported by the first WiFi AP, the second information includes: the load information of the channel reported by the first UE, the decision unit Used to determine whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述第 一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 所述判决单元用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足接入 条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第 -WiFi AP, 包括: 所述接入网设备判断所述接收的信息是否小于各自的接入阈值, 如 果是,则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为:将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP ; The second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the decision unit is used to determine whether the received information satisfies The access condition, if yes, determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: accessing the first UE to the -th WiFi AP, including: the access network device determines whether the received information is less than the respective access threshold, if so, it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
28、 根据权利要求 25所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 28. The network device according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在所述第一 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收所述第 一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和所述第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映所述第一 UE的无线信道状况; The receiving unit is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP when the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, or receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP. The first information and the second information reported by the first UE, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE;
所述判决单元用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无 线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The decision unit is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 所 述判决单元用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接 管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或 29. The network device according to claim 28, characterized in that, The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the first UE. Load information, the judgment unit is used to judge whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management judgment to be: disconnect the first UE and the first WiFi AP Connect; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件 分别为大于各自的预定阈值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, the number of active nodes measured by the first UE , and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the first WiFi AP measurement The predetermined conditions for the obtained number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds; the WiFi AP and the first The predetermined condition for signal quality of UE communication is less than the first predetermined threshold.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述判决单元用于在确定 所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确 定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上,所述目标网元包括:所述网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。 30. The network device according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that, the decision unit is configured to determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP After the connection, it is determined to switch the first UE to a target network element. The target network element includes: the network device or the second WiFi AP.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 31. The network device according to claim 30, characterized in that,
所述接收单元还用于在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第三信息, 所述第三信息用于反映所述第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; The receiving unit is also configured to receive third information when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP, where the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the second WiFi AP;
所述判决单元用于根据所述第三信息, 确定要将所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP上; The decision unit is configured to determine to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP according to the third information;
所述发送单元用于通过信令的方式通知所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP上。 The sending unit is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP through signaling.
32、 根据权利要求 26或 27所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备还包括: 获 取单元, 其中, 32. The network device according to claim 26 or 27, characterized in that the network device further includes: an acquisition unit, wherein,
所述获取单元连接至所述判决单元,用于在所述判决单元确定所述无线连接管理判 决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取所述第一 WiFi AP的认 证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The obtaining unit is connected to the decision unit, and is used to obtain the third UE after the decision unit determines that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: after the first UE is connected to the first WiFi AP. Authentication information of a WiFi AP and/or system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP;
所述发送单元连接至所述获取单元, 用于向所述第一 UE发送所述第一 WiFi AP的认 证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The sending unit is connected to the obtaining unit, and is used to send the confirmation of the first WiFi AP to the first UE. The authentication information and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the first WiFi AP.
33、 根据权利要求 30或 31所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述网络设备还包括: 获 取单元, 其中, 33. The network device according to claim 30 or 31, characterized in that the network device further includes: an acquisition unit, wherein,
所述获取单元连接至所述判决单元, 用于在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况 下, 在所述判决单元确定将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 获取所述第二 WiFi AP 的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The obtaining unit is connected to the decision unit, and is configured to obtain the first UE after the decision unit determines to switch the first UE to the target network element when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP. Authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required by the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
所述发送单元连接至所述获取单元, 用于向所述第一 UE发送所述第二 WiFi AP的认 证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The sending unit is connected to the obtaining unit and configured to send the authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or the system information required by the first UE to access the second WiFi AP to the first UE. .
34、 一种无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP, 其特征在于, 包括: 检测单元和发送单元, 其 中, 34. A wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, characterized by including: a detection unit and a sending unit, wherein,
所述检测单元用于检测所述 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; The detection unit is used to detect the wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP;
所述发送单元连接至所述检测单元,用于向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备 发送第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信息用于反映 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于所述第 一网络设备根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述 WiFi AP的无线连接管 理判决, 并将所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给所述第一 UE。 The sending unit is connected to the detection unit and is used to send first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, wherein the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP, so as to facilitate the The first network device makes a wireless connection management decision regarding the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP based on the first information, and sends the result of the wireless connection management decision to the third user equipment UE through signaling. 1UE.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述 WiFi AP还包括: 接收单元, 用于在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述 WiFi AP, 且所述第一信息满足接入 条件的情况下, 在向所述第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自所述第一 UE的第 一消息, 所述第一消息用于建立所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE的连接。 35. The WiFi AP according to claim 34, characterized in that, the WiFi AP further includes: a receiving unit, configured to prepare the first UE to access the WiFi AP, and the first information satisfies In the case of access conditions, after sending the first information to the first network device, receiving a first message from the first UE, the first message is used to establish the connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE. UE connection.
36、 根据权利要求 35所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 36. The WiFi AP according to claim 35, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在所述第一 UE准备接入到所述 WiFi AP, 且所述第一信息满足接 入条件的情况下, 在向所述第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自所述第一 UE的 所述第一消息, 其中, 所述第一信息包括: 所述 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信 道的负载信息; 或 The receiving unit is configured to receive the first information after sending the first information to the first network device when the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP and the first information satisfies the access condition. The first message from the first UE, wherein the first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 所述 WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和所述 WiFi AP测量 得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP; the WiFi AP The access conditions for the measured transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively less than their respective access thresholds.
37、 根据权利要求 34所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述检测单元用于在所述第一 UE已接入到所述 WiFi AP, 且所述第一信息满足预定条件的情况下, 在所述发送单元向 所述第一网络设备发送所述第一信息之后, 检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所述 WiFi AP的 连接。 37. The WiFi AP according to claim 34, wherein the detection unit is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP and the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, After the sending unit sends the first information to the first network device, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 38. The WiFi AP according to claim 37, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 所 述检测单元用于在所述第一信息满足预定条件的情况下,在所述发送单元向所述第一网 络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所述 WiFi AP的连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the WiFi AP, and the detection unit is configured to send the signal to the channel when the first information satisfies a predetermined condition. After the first network device sends the first information, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP 与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所述 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为 大于各自的预定阈值, 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第 一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, a number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and a relationship between the WiFi AP and The signal quality of the first UE communication; the predetermined conditions for the transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are greater than each a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined condition for signal quality of communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
39、 根据权利要求 35或 36所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元用于向所述 第一网络设备发送所述 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述 WiFi AP所需的系 统信息。 39. The WiFi AP according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that the sending unit is configured to send the authentication information of the WiFi AP and/or the first UE access location to the first network device. Describe the system information required by WiFi AP.
40、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 接收单元和管理单元, 其中, 所述接收单元用于接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管 理判决的结果, 其中, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所述第一网络设备根据第一信息 进行针对所述 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 所述第一 信息用于反映所述第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 40. A user equipment UE, characterized in that it includes: a receiving unit and a management unit, wherein the receiving unit is configured to receive the result of the wireless connection management decision sent by the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, wherein, The result of the wireless connection management decision is obtained by the first network device making a wireless connection management decision for the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP based on the first information, and the first information is used for Reflect the wireless channel status of the first WiFi AP;
所述管理单元连接至所述接收单元, 用于根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理 所述 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接。 The management unit is connected to the receiving unit and is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
41、 根据权利要求 40所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所 述第一网络设备根据接收到的来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对所述 UE与第 一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是所述第一网络设备根据 接收到的来自所述 UE的第二信息和来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对所述 UE 与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 所述第二信息用于 反映所述 UE的无线信道状况。 41. The UE according to claim 40, characterized in that, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the operation for the UE based on the first information received from the first WiFi AP. It is obtained by the wireless connection management decision with the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, or the first network device receives the second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP. The information is obtained by making a wireless connection management decision between the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
42、 根据权利要求 41所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 42. The UE according to claim 41, characterized in that,
在所述 UE准备接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足接入 条件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; When the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the The first WiFi AP;
所述管理单元用于控制所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The management unit is used to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 43. The UE according to claim 42, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果所述接收到的信息满足 接入条件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述 UE测量 得到的活跃节点数目; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 所述 UE测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的 接入阈值。 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information reported by the UE, if the received If the information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP; or the first information includes at least one of the following: Measurement by the first WiFi AP The obtained transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: The channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the activeness measured by the first WiFi AP The access conditions for the number of nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively less than their respective access thresholds.
44、 根据权利要求 41所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 44. The UE according to claim 41, characterized in that,
在所述 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预定条 件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; In the case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP. One WiFi AP;
所述管理单元用于控制所述 UE断开与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The management unit is used to control the UE to disconnect from the first WiFi AP.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在所述 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则所述 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 45. The UE according to claim 44, characterized in that, The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the UE , in the case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the First WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 UE 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、和所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE 通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 所述 UE测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 和所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈 值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the WiFi AP The signal quality of communication with the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the The predetermined conditions for the channel busy probability measured by the UE and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition for the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold .
46、 根据权利要求 44或 45所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 46. The UE according to claim 44 or 45, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述 UE与所述第 一 WiFi AP的连接的情况下, 接收来自所述第一网络设备的指示所述 UE切换到目标网元 的指令, 所述目标网元包括: 所述第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; The receiving unit is configured to receive an instruction from the first network device instructing the UE to switch when it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is to disconnect the UE from the first WiFi AP. Instructions to a target network element, where the target network element includes: the first network device or the second WiFi AP;
所述管理单元用于控制所述 UE切换到所述目标网元。 The management unit is used to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
47、 根据权利要求 42或 43所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 47. The UE according to claim 42 or 43, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述 第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收来自所述第一网络设备的接入信息, 所述接入信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The receiving unit is configured to receive access information from the first network device when it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP, The access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the UE to access the first WiFi AP;
所述管理单元用于控制所述 UE使用所述接入信息接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The management unit is used to control the UE to use the access information to access the first WiFi AP.
48、 根据权利要求 46所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 48. The UE according to claim 46, characterized in that,
所述接收单元用于在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在所述第一网络设 备确定将所述 UE切换到目标网元上之后, 接收来自所述第一网络设备的切换信息, 其 中,所述切换信息包括所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The receiving unit is configured to receive a signal from the first network device after the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP. Handover information, wherein the handover information includes authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
所述管理单元用于控制所述 UE使用所述切换信息从所述第一 WiFi切换到所述第二 The management unit is used to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi using the switching information.
49、 一种网络设备, 所述网络设备是蜂窝网络的组成部分, 其特征在于, 包括: 收 发器和处理器, 其中 49. A network device, which is a component of a cellular network and is characterized by including: a transceiver and a processor, wherein
所述收发器用于接收第一信息, 其中, 所述第一信息用于反映第一无线保真 WiFi 接入点 AP的无线信道状况; The transceiver is used to receive first information, wherein the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP;
所述处理器用于根据所述第一信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP 的无线连接管理判决, 得到所述无线连接管理判决的结果; The processor is configured to make a wireless connection management decision between the first user equipment UE and the first WiFi AP according to the first information, and obtain a result of the wireless connection management decision;
所述收发器用于将所述无线连接管理判决的结果,通过信令的方式发送给所述第一 The transceiver is configured to send the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first
50、 根据权利要求 49所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 UE准备接入到所 述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 50. The network device according to claim 49, wherein when the first UE prepares to access the first WiFi AP,
所述收发器用于接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的所述第一信息, 或接收所述第一 WiFi The transceiver is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or receive the first WiFi
AP上报的所述第一信息和所述第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映 所述第一 UE的无线信道状况; The first information reported by the AP and the second information reported by the first UE, wherein the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE;
所述处理器用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The processor is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP.
51、 根据权利要求 50所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 51. The network device according to claim 50, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 所述处理器用于判断所 述接收的信息是否满足接入条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将 所述第一 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information reported by the first UE, and the processor uses To determine whether the received information satisfies the access condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: access the first UE to the first WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述第 一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目, 所述处理器用于判断所述接收的信息是否小于各自的 接入阈值, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所 述第一 WiFi APo The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP ; The second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE, and the processor is used to determine whether the received information is less than the respective The access threshold of
52、 根据权利要求 49所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 UE已接入到所述 第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 52. The network device according to claim 49, wherein when the first UE has accessed the first WiFi AP,
所述收发器用于接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息, 或者, 接收所述第一 WiFi AP上报的第一信息和所述第一 UE上报的第二信息, 其中, 所述第二信息用于反映所述 第一 UE的无线信道状况; The transceiver is configured to receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP, or, receive the first information reported by the first WiFi AP and the second information reported by the first UE, wherein, the second The information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first UE;
所述处理器用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线 连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The processor is configured to determine whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP.
53、 根据权利要求 52所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 53. The network device according to claim 52, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述第一 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 所 述处理器用于判断所述接收的信息是否满足预定条件, 如果是, 则确定所述无线连接管 理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the first UE. Load information, the processor is used to determine whether the received information satisfies a predetermined condition, and if so, determine the result of the wireless connection management decision to be: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP ; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第 一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、所述 第一 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件 分别为大于各自的预定阈值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为 小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, the number of active nodes measured by the first UE , and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the first WiFi AP measurement The predetermined conditions for the obtained number of active nodes, the channel busy probability measured by the first UE, and the number of active nodes measured by the first UE are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds; the WiFi AP and the first The predetermined condition for signal quality of UE communication is less than the first predetermined threshold.
54、 根据权利要求 52或 53所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器用于在确定所 述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述第一 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接之后, 确定 将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上, 所述目标网元包括: 所述网络设备或第二 WiFi AP。 54. The network device according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the processor is configured to determine that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnect the first UE from the first WiFi AP. After the connection, it is determined to switch the first UE to a target network element. The target network element includes: the network device or the second WiFi AP.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 55. The network device according to claim 54, characterized in that,
所述收发器用于在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 接收第三信息, 所述 第三信息用于反映所述第二 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 所述处理器用于根据所述第三信息, 确定要将所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP 上; The transceiver is configured to receive third information when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP, and the third information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the second WiFi AP; The processor is configured to determine to switch the first UE to the second WiFi AP according to the third information;
所述收发器用于通过信令的方式通知所述第一 UE切换到所述第二 WiFi AP上。 The transceiver is configured to notify the first UE to switch to the second WiFi AP through signaling.
56、 根据权利要求 50或 51所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 56. The network device according to claim 50 or 51, characterized in that,
所述处理器用于在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述第一 UE接入到所 述第一 WiFi AP之后, 获取所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The processor is configured to obtain authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the third WiFi AP after determining that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: after connecting the first UE to the first WiFi AP. System information required for a UE to access the first WiFi AP;
所述收发器用于向所述第一 UE发送所述第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE 接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The transceiver is configured to send authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the first WiFi AP to the first UE.
57、 根据权利要求 54或 55所述的网络设备, 其特征在于, 57. The network device according to claim 54 or 55, characterized in that,
所述处理器用于在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在所述网络设备确定 将所述第一 UE切换到目标网元上之后,获取所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; The processor is configured to obtain authentication information of the second WiFi AP after the network device determines to switch the first UE to the target network element when the target network element includes a second WiFi AP. and/or the system information required by the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
所述收发器用于向所述第一 UE发送所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE 接入所述第二 WiFi AP所需的系统信息。 The transceiver is configured to send authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the first UE to access the second WiFi AP to the first UE.
58、 一种无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP, 其特征在于, 包括: 收发器和处理器, 其中, 所述处理器用于检测所述 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; 58. A wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, characterized by including: a transceiver and a processor, wherein the processor is used to detect the wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP;
所述收发器用于向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息, 其中, 所 述第一信息用于反映 WiFi AP的无线信道状况, 以便于所述第一网络设备根据所述第一 信息, 进行针对第一用户设备 UE与所述 WiFi AP的无线连接管理判决, 并将所述无线连 接管理判决的结果, 通过信令的方式发送给所述第一 UE。 The transceiver is used to send first information to a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, wherein the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the WiFi AP, so that the first network device can perform the operation according to the first a piece of information, making a wireless connection management decision regarding the first user equipment UE and the WiFi AP, and sending the result of the wireless connection management decision to the first UE through signaling.
59、 根据权利要求 58所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述收发器用于在所述第一 UE 准备接入到所述 WiFi AP, 且所述第一信息满足接入条件的情况下, 在向作为蜂窝网络 组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自所述第一 UE的第一消息, 所述 第一消息用于建立所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE的连接。 59. The WiFi AP according to claim 58, wherein the transceiver is configured to: when the first UE is ready to access the WiFi AP and the first information satisfies access conditions, After sending the first information to the first network device that is part of the cellular network, receiving a first message from the first UE, the first message being used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE. .
60、 根据权利要求 59所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 60. The WiFi AP according to claim 59, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息; 所 述收发器用于在所述第一信息满足接入条件的情况下,在向作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第 一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 接收来自所述第一 UE的第一消息, 所述第一消息用于 建立所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE的连接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the WiFi AP; the transceiver is used to transmit data to a cellular network component when the first information satisfies access conditions. After some of the first network devices send the first information, receive a first message from the first UE, where the first message is used to establish a connection between the WiFi AP and the first UE; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目; 所述 WiFi AP 测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、和所述 WiFi AP测量 得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的接入阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: the transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP; the WiFi AP measures The access conditions for the obtained transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively less than their respective access thresholds.
61、 根据权利要求 58所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述处理器用于在所述第一 UE 已接入到所述 WiFi AP, 且所述第一信息满足预定条件的情况下, 在所述收发器向作为 蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所 述 WiFi AP的连接。 61. The WiFi AP according to claim 58, wherein the processor is configured to: when the first UE has accessed the WiFi AP and the first information meets a predetermined condition, After the transceiver sends the first information to the first network device that is a component of the cellular network, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP.
62、 根据权利要求 61所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 62. The WiFi AP according to claim 61, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述 WiFi AP发送的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 如 果所述第一信息满足预定条件, 则所述处理器用于在所述收发器向作为蜂窝网络组成部 分的第一网络设备发送第一信息之后, 检测到所述第一 UE已断开与所述 WiFi AP的连 接; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information sent by the WiFi AP. If the first information satisfies a predetermined condition, the processor is configured to send the signal from the transceiver to the cellular network as the cellular network. After the first network device of the component sends the first information, it is detected that the first UE has disconnected from the WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP 与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量; 所述 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所述 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为 大于各自的预定阈值, 所述 WiFi AP与所述第一 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第 一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: a transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, a channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, a number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP, and a relationship between the WiFi AP and The signal quality of the first UE communication; the predetermined conditions for the transmission failure probability measured by the WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the WiFi AP are respectively greater than their respective a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined condition for signal quality of communication between the WiFi AP and the first UE is less than the first predetermined threshold.
63、 根据权利要求 59或 60所述的 WiFi AP, 其特征在于, 所述收发器用于向所述第 一网络设备发送所述 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第一 UE接入所述 WiFi AP所需的系统 信息。 63. The WiFi AP according to claim 59 or 60, characterized in that the transceiver is configured to send authentication information of the WiFi AP to the first network device and/or the first UE accesses the System information required by WiFi AP.
64、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 收发器和处理器, 其中, 64. A user equipment UE, characterized in that it includes: a transceiver and a processor, wherein,
所述收发器用于接收作为蜂窝网络组成部分的第一网络设备发送的无线连接管理 判决的结果, 其中, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所述第一网络设备根据第一信息进 行针对所述 UE与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 所述第一信 息用于反映所述第一 WiFi AP的无线信道状况; The transceiver is configured to receive a result of a wireless connection management decision sent by a first network device that is a component of a cellular network, wherein the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs a wireless connection based on the first information. Obtained from the wireless connection management decision between the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, the first information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the first WiFi AP;
所述处理器用于根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述 UE和所述第一 WiFi The processor is configured to manage the UE and the first WiFi according to the result of the wireless connection management decision.
AP的无线连接。 AP wireless connection.
65、 根据权利要求 64所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述无线连接管理判决的结果是所 述第一网络设备根据接收到的来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对所述 UE与第 一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 或者是所述第一网络设备根据 接收到的来自所述 UE的第二信息和来自所述第一 WiFi AP的第一信息进行针对所述 UE 与第一无线保真 WiFi接入点 AP的无线连接管理判决得到的, 其中, 所述第二信息用于 反映所述 UE的无线信道状况。 65. The UE according to claim 64, characterized in that, the result of the wireless connection management decision is that the first network device performs the operation for the UE based on the first information received from the first WiFi AP. It is obtained by the wireless connection management decision with the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, or the first network device receives the second information from the UE and the first information from the first WiFi AP. The information is obtained by making a wireless connection management decision between the UE and the first wireless fidelity WiFi access point AP, where the second information is used to reflect the wireless channel condition of the UE.
66、 根据权利要求 65所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 66. The UE according to claim 65, characterized in that,
在所述 UE准备接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足接入 条件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; When the UE is ready to access the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the access condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP. The first WiFi AP;
所述处理器用于通过以下方式实现根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述 The processor is configured to implement the result of the wireless connection management decision in the following manner: manage the
UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 控制所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 Wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP: Control the UE to access the first WiFi AP.
67、 根据权利要求 66所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 67. The UE according to claim 66, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述 UE上报的信道的负载信息, 如果所述接收到的信息满足 接入条件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数 目; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 UE测量得到的信道繁忙概率和所述 UE测量 得到的活跃节点数目; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 所述 UE测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 和所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的接入条件分别为小于各自的 接入阈值。 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information reported by the UE, if the received If the information meets the access conditions, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP; or the first information includes at least one of the following: Measurement by the first WiFi AP The obtained transmission failure probability, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, and the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP; the second information includes at least one of the following: The channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the activeness measured by the first WiFi AP The number of nodes, measured by the UE The access conditions for the channel busy probability and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively less than their respective access thresholds.
68、 根据权利要求 65所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 68. The UE according to claim 65, characterized in that,
在所述 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预定条 件, 则所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; In the case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the first WiFi AP. One WiFi AP;
所述控制器用于通过以下方式实现根据所述无线连接管理判决的结果, 管理所述 UE和所述第一 WiFi AP的无线连接: 断开所述 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接。 The controller is configured to manage the wireless connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP according to the result of the wireless connection management decision in the following manner: disconnect the connection between the UE and the first WiFi AP.
69、 根据权利要求 68所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 69. The UE according to claim 68, characterized in that,
所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 WiFi AP上报的信道的质量信息和 /或信道的负载信 息, 所述第二信息包括: 所述 UE上报的信道的负载信息和 /或信道的负载信息, 在所述 UE已接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况下, 如果所述接收到的信息满足预定条件, 则所述 无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP; 或 The first information includes: channel quality information and/or channel load information reported by the first WiFi AP, and the second information includes: channel load information and/or channel load information reported by the UE , in the case that the UE has accessed the first WiFi AP, if the received information satisfies the predetermined condition, the result of the wireless connection management decision is: access the UE to the First WiFi AP; or
所述第一信息包括以下至少之一: 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、 所 述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 和所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE通信的信号质量; 所述第二信息包括以下至少之一: 所述 UE 测量得到的信道繁忙概率、所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目、和所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE 通信的信号质量; 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的传输失败概率、所述第一 WiFi AP测量得 到的信道繁忙概率、 所述第一 WiFi AP测量得到的活跃节点数目、 所述 UE测量得到的信 道繁忙概率、 和所述 UE测量得到的活跃节点数目的预定条件分别为大于各自的预定阈 值; 所述 WiFi AP与所述 UE通信的信号质量的预定条件为小于第一预定阈值。 The first information includes at least one of the following: transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, and the signal quality of the communication between the WiFi AP and the UE; the second information includes at least one of the following: the channel busy probability measured by the UE, the number of active nodes measured by the UE, and the WiFi AP The signal quality of communication with the UE; the transmission failure probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the channel busy probability measured by the first WiFi AP, the number of active nodes measured by the first WiFi AP, the The predetermined conditions for the channel busy probability measured by the UE and the number of active nodes measured by the UE are respectively greater than their respective predetermined thresholds; the predetermined condition for the signal quality of the WiFi AP communicating with the UE is less than the first predetermined threshold .
70、 根据权利要求 68或 69所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 70. The UE according to claim 68 or 69, characterized in that,
在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 断开所述 UE与所述第一 WiFi AP的连接的 情况下, 所述收发器用于接收来自所述第一网络设备的指示所述 UE切换到目标网元的 指令, 所述目标网元包括: 所述第一网络设备或第二 WiFi AP; When it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: disconnecting the UE from the first WiFi AP, the transceiver is configured to receive an instruction from the first network device indicating that the UE switches to Instructions for a target network element. The target network element includes: the first network device or the second WiFi AP;
所述处理器用于控制所述 UE切换到所述目标网元。 The processor is used to control the UE to switch to the target network element.
71、 根据权利要求 66或 67所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 71. The UE according to claim 66 or 67, characterized in that,
在确定所述无线连接管理判决的结果为: 将所述 UE接入到所述第一 WiFi AP的情况 下, 所述收发器用于接收来自所述第一网络设备的接入信息, 所述接入信息包括: 所述 第一 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述 UE接入所述第一 WiFi AP所需的系统信息; When it is determined that the result of the wireless connection management decision is: connecting the UE to the first WiFi AP Next, the transceiver is configured to receive access information from the first network device, where the access information includes: authentication information of the first WiFi AP and/or the UE accessing the first WiFi AP Required system information;
所述处理器用于控制所述 UE使用所述接入信息接入到所述第一 WiFi AP。 The processor is configured to control the UE to access the first WiFi AP using the access information.
72、 根据权利要求 70所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 72. The UE according to claim 70, characterized in that,
在所述目标网元包括第二 WiFi AP的情况下, 在所述第一网络设备确定将所述 UE切 换到目标网元上之后, 所述收发器用于接收来自所述第一网络设备的切换信息, 其中, 所述切换信息包括所述第二 WiFi AP的认证信息和 /或所述第二 UE接入所述第二 WiFi AP 所需的系统信息; In the case where the target network element includes a second WiFi AP, after the first network device determines to switch the UE to the target network element, the transceiver is configured to receive a handover from the first network device. Information, wherein the switching information includes authentication information of the second WiFi AP and/or system information required for the second UE to access the second WiFi AP;
所述处理器用于控制所述 UE使用所述切换信息从所述第一 WiFi切换到所述第二 WiFi AP。 The processor is used to control the UE to switch from the first WiFi to the second WiFi AP using the switching information.
PCT/CN2012/084741 2012-11-16 2012-11-16 Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources WO2014075292A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201280076726.2A CN104782215A (en) 2012-11-16 2012-11-16 Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources
PCT/CN2012/084741 WO2014075292A1 (en) 2012-11-16 2012-11-16 Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/084741 WO2014075292A1 (en) 2012-11-16 2012-11-16 Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014075292A1 true WO2014075292A1 (en) 2014-05-22

Family

ID=50730512

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/084741 WO2014075292A1 (en) 2012-11-16 2012-11-16 Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104782215A (en)
WO (1) WO2014075292A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10708835B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-07-07 At&T Intellecutual Property I, L.P. Control of wireless fidelity access for 5G or other next generation network
CN114666857A (en) * 2022-04-27 2022-06-24 中国电信股份有限公司 Communication networking control method, device, medium and electronic equipment
WO2022222811A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-27 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102493199B1 (en) * 2016-09-22 2023-01-30 사로니코스 트레이딩 앤드 서비스즈, 유니페쏘알 엘디에이 Systems, user devices, servers, computer program products and methods for providing access to mobile communication services
EP3952588B1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2023-12-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Determining channel occupancy for sidelink communication

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101137139A (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-03-05 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Wireless LAN device communication parameter setting system and method
CN101147362A (en) * 2005-03-22 2008-03-19 日本电气株式会社 Connection parameter setting system, method thereof, access point, server, radio terminal, and parameter setting device
CN102448187A (en) * 2011-10-29 2012-05-09 华为终端有限公司 Method and terminal capable of automatically accessing Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) network

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009021009A1 (en) * 2007-08-06 2009-02-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Lte measurement definitions for inter radio access technology measurement with n0n-3gpp radio access
WO2009072286A1 (en) * 2007-12-05 2009-06-11 Panasonic Corporation Communication system, resource management device, wireless base station and wireless communication terminal
CN101841880B (en) * 2010-05-14 2012-07-04 华中科技大学 LTE and WLAN interconnecting system and switching method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101147362A (en) * 2005-03-22 2008-03-19 日本电气株式会社 Connection parameter setting system, method thereof, access point, server, radio terminal, and parameter setting device
CN101137139A (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-03-05 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Wireless LAN device communication parameter setting system and method
CN102448187A (en) * 2011-10-29 2012-05-09 华为终端有限公司 Method and terminal capable of automatically accessing Wi-Fi (Wireless Fidelity) network

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10708835B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-07-07 At&T Intellecutual Property I, L.P. Control of wireless fidelity access for 5G or other next generation network
US11160001B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2021-10-26 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Control of wireless fidelity access for 5G or other next generation network
WO2022222811A1 (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-27 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
EP4311307A4 (en) * 2021-04-19 2024-09-25 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
CN114666857A (en) * 2022-04-27 2022-06-24 中国电信股份有限公司 Communication networking control method, device, medium and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104782215A (en) 2015-07-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2824870B1 (en) Wireless local area network discovery and selection method, device and system, and terminal
EP2861015B1 (en) Transmission control method, device and terminal in network side
US11134427B2 (en) Terminal, base station, cell access method, and data transmission method for reconfiguring a wireless connection to communicate with a secondary cell
TWI559788B (en) Methods and apparatus to reuse wireless circuitry for multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
TWI583238B (en) Methods and apparatus to support parallel communication for multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
EP2879432B1 (en) Method, base station, and user equipment for handover between wireless networks
JP6389263B2 (en) Steering mobility and / or access selection between cells
JP2023139038A (en) Communication method, access network device, core network device, and user equipment
US20150264597A1 (en) Communication Method, Base Station, and User Equipment
EP2849493A1 (en) Network access method and device
US10681550B2 (en) Wireless local area network access method, base station controller, and user equipment
EP3223576A1 (en) Method for controlling multimode radio communications system, control server and terminal
CN104871577B (en) Method, the network equipment and the user equipment of service switching
EP3386244B1 (en) Terminal device, network device, method for selecting cell, and wireless communication system
US9942809B2 (en) Method for accessing network by user equipment, and access device
WO2014075292A1 (en) Method, base station, user equipment and wireless fidelity access point for managing wireless resources
WO2014047887A1 (en) Wireless local area network access method, base station controller and user equipment
WO2015096720A1 (en) Method, system and device for performing handover decision
WO2016089280A2 (en) Efficient communication of network identifiers
WO2014101206A1 (en) Method for detecting wireless local area network, access network and core network devices and access point

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12888329

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12888329

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1